《My Girlfriend is a Demon》 "Nice to meet you" Hello everyone. My name is Shiro. I''m a 1st year high school student at Tengoku High School. Um.. Just so you know, I don''t have any friends, maybe because I''m weird but but also because I''m an otaku. I didn''t had any girlfriends too, actually, I prefer 2D girls than 3D girls. Why? Because they won''t hurt you by their words, in fact their words may influence you in a good way. The only problem is that they''re not real. Ouch. So let''s get to the point now, listen carefully because I''m gonna tell you about my out of the world story about Angels and Demons. Better prepare yourselves! Because this is not the ordinary thing that you read everyday! It''s morning. It''s morning. My annoying alarm clock says. It was on the top of my head. "Why did I have to get up again?"I asked myself. As I was about to get up, suddenly a voice came to my head. It said, "It''s because, you need to study." Hearing that voice I stand up fast as I can, and looked around. "Who''s that!?" Then the voice spoke to me again. "Scared?" The voice resembled a woman. My heart was thumping, I was confused. What is this suddenly? "No! Get out! Who are you?" I said because of confusion. "You said get out and then you asked me who am I, what really is it?" "Then stay. Say your name." "That''s rude. Say you''re name first before asking someone." This person is stubborn. Not that I''m sure if it''s a person or not, but it speaks human language, also not seeing it while talking to is quite abnormal for a normal person to do. "I''m Shiro. Shiro Akashi. Now tell me, who are you?" "Shiro huh. My name''s Kuro." "Kuro? Then what are you? And why can''t I see you?" "You can''t see me? Oh come on. I''m right in front of you." Unsure that she really is, I looked at my front. And then-- "SHIRO !? ARE YOU GOING TO SCHOOL ?" Yes, a shout was heard from below. It was from my mother. She was asking me if I''ll be going to school today. "No! I''ll pass this time." I answered. "Oh. That''s sad. I even made lunch for you." She replied having a sad tone. "I''m really sorry mom! I''ll go tomorrow!" After taking care of that, I looked directly at my front. There I saw a woman with long black hair, and a red coat with black bat-like wings and two horns. She was sitting at the table across my bed. Then this thought crossed my mind, "Are you a, Demon!?" She smiled and her face was at half of the light of the sun. "Yes. I am. But, this is not your problem really. Your problem is, you need to go to school." Confused after hearing that I ask, "W-Why?" "You need to study. You won''t learn anything if you just tell your mom everytime she asks that you''ll go tomorrow." "Ah.. eh.. hehe.. wait.. how did you know that!?" "I''ve been watching you for two weeks and you keep on telling her that." T-This woman.. "I-I don''t need to go to school, I have my computer, I can learn many things from the internet, y-yeah that''s right!" "No, you still need to learn more. That''s my mission." she said while playing with her feet. If you stumble upon this narrative on Amazon, it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it."Why? Why is it so important to you that I go to the school?" I asked. "Because it''s my duty to protect you. Protecting you means also keeping you from doing things that is being a bad influence to you." she answered. "I don''t want to! Anyways who are you to tell me that huh!" "Idiot. I had enough of this, master will get angry if he heard you." she looked at me with angry eyes. "Master? Who''s that?" I asked. I can''t help but ask, it''s because I don''t know anything, any normal human would do just what I did. "A-Ah.. it''s nothing, just talking to myself. Anyways, you should be grateful that I''m helping you. I won''t just be your bodyguard. I will also be your girlfriend." "What!? Girlfriend? W-Who wants someone like you to be his girlfriend?" I said with a ''can''t believe tone''. "Hey that''s mean! I may be a demon but I''m not sure about this thing called ''girlfriend'' too, someone just said that to me and I need to complete that mission!" I stopped for a second and realized, "Isn''t that person just messing with you?" Now that I think of it, a demon wouldn''t just go all the way here just to say that to me. She even said that she''ll protect me. Just what does this all mean? "H-He''s not messing with me.. I trust him.." she said. Hm.. I smell something. "Is he your lover?" Her shy eyes then became cold as ice as she looked at me. "What lover? Do you want to die?" YIEEEK! Scary! "Sorry. I was just kidding." She lets out a sigh and then jumped down towards the floor. She''s smaller than I think she would be. "Anyways, I will be this ''girlfriend'' to you now okay? Whatever that is." She said while closing her eyes. "You know the word lover but you don''t know the word girlfriend?" I said to her. Her eyes then opened. "Eh? Is that word the same?" She looked so innocent while asking, I didn''t think that she really is clueless about that. "Actually they are the same. Girlfriend is the english word for a lover that is a woman, while boyfriend is the opposite." "Oh, okay." she replied. I let out a sigh because she goes here without even knowing what her mission means. Is she some kind of demon soldier? A kind of soldier who blindly do what he was ordered to do. I don''t know. I''ll just ask her. I think she would be needing a place too. Wait did I actually accept her as my girlfriend? I am even thinking of letting her stay.. But I don''t even know why did she accept the mission.. "Hey.. Kuro..is your name right?" "Yes, what''s the problem?" "Why did you accept that mission? Also why would a demon protect some shut-in otaku? Am I that important?" She smiled and said, "Of course you are important! You are my boyfriend, right? I mean, you will be. Someday." Hearing what she just said, my heart skipped a beat. Damn this girl is pulling some trigger. This is also the first time I heard that from someone. I can''t believe it even came from a demon. Maybe demons are not that bad at all. "Y-Yeah.. let''s just leave it at that.. but promise me you''ll explain everything to me." "Yes I promise!" She smiled again and her face shined like the crimson sunrise, her bright red eyes looked at me as if I was really her boyfriend. God, having a demon girlfriend is not what I wished for, but thanks anyway. She then leans forward, and smiled again. Those smiles are killing me, please stop. "Nice to meet you, my boyfriend!" she said. - End of Chapter 1- "Im going to trust you, my girlfriend" "Nice to meet you, my boyfriend!" she said happily. Ara, ara. What kind of mess did I just get myself into in? "You should''ve said that earlier." I said while sitting down at the floor. "I just learned the meaning of it, idiot." She then followed me and sits down at my front. Because it will be awkward to stop talking right now, I continued the talking. "Ah right. So, back to the topic. Now I know why you are here, but who sent you here? Is he your master?" Her eyes started to look serious, it doesn''t show that she is lying. "Yes, he told me to come here to protect you, he''s also the one who told me that I should become your girlfriend." Why did he tell Kuro to protect me? "Why?" I leaned forward. "He wants you to protect me? From what? Like angels who''s out of control?" "Oh." She said with an amused face. "You''re quite right. He wants me to protect you from them." "From them?" As I ask her, she then swayed her right hand at the top of us, it showed red smoke-like thing, and after a few seconds those smoke turned into an angel with gray wings, and but it doesn''t have any halo as per what angels have. "The Asmoriths." She said. "They''re angels. Fallen angels to be exact." She said with a straight face. "You know about the two beings that guards the earth right?" She asked. I stopped for a second to think, and then I realized, "Angels and demons!" I said with a pretty loud voice. "Yes, angels and demons. Far before Eve and Adam was born there were already angels and demons, asmoriths are still angels that time. But when the angels who were so blessed became lustful, thus commiting adultery to humans, they hid themselves as humans, then they had children with them. The children that the humans birth with are called the nephilims." She stands up for a second then took a book from my shelf, then she realized it wasn''t enough so she goes back and took ten books from the shelf. "Gohon! Um, as you can see I have books here." She asked. "Yes, what about the books?" She then held one of the books and made it stand. "This book, let us say it is a nephilim. And these books," she pointed at the books that are on the ground. "These are the humans. Nephilims are so powerful, they aren''t just not ogres or monsters, monsters formed because the angels that was their parents was weak, the weaker the angel, the incomplete their child becomes. But still, they are powerful." she took another book, one by one and then she made a stack of it and said, "But what if those monsters filled the whole earth?" She asked as if she was trying to make me answer it quickly. "The humans will die out." I answered. "Yes, the humans will die out. Thus God commanded Noah to build an ark, put every animal, insects, birds, each of them with a pair inside it, for He will make it rain for forty days. And then Noah followed Him." She then smacked the stack of books lightly, the books were scattered. "Then the nephilims died?" I asked. "Yes, but a nephilim, who''s father is an almighty angel might become almighty himself right?" I became confused, "Y-Yeah? Why do you ask?" She smiled and replies, "Nothing." After talking about that, I remembered a story. It was a famous story. "Hey Kuro." I asked. "What is it?" She replied. "You know many stories right, the true ones? You lived for hundreds of years so I know that you know what''s true and not true." She smiled and said, "Yes, many stories were said, but as it was passed down from one another it changes, even a little bit. So it is not what it is right now." She explained. "Then do you know something about the angel Lucifer?" I asked curiously. "Yes, why?" She replied. "For six years, ever since dad has gone to that job I was always thinking about that angel, I don''t know why but it feels like there''s a connection between us." I explained. She then stood up and said, "Shiro-kun, you''ll know it sometime okay, you don''t have to ask me everything." Then she smiled at me, her face so close to mine, and she only gave me a smile. Damn dense mcs like me don''t know what to do at this time! My heart was pounding, doki doki it said-- ah wait, that came out wrong. "A-Ah right.. sorry." I said. "Don''t mind it." She replied. "So, what''re you going to do now?" I asked while standing up. "Like I said, I''m going to be your girlfriend. And you can''t say no." "W-Well, I''m really not going to say no." I said embarrasingly. You know that in my position, I will never have the chance to get a girlfriend. That''s why, I''M NOT GOING TO LET THIS ONE SLIDE. "Anyways, now that I heard the story of them, I''m certain now that you are someone whom I can trust. So, I''m going to trust you. My girlfriend." My face became slightly blushed that time, she noticed it so she walked towards me and said, "Heh? Hey, you''re face is red. Do you have some fever?" She moved her face closer to mine. Then we looked eyes into eyes, I see that she is getting embarrased too. It took quite a second for her to notice. I guess even demons can get embarrased by what they are doing too. We are still looking eyes to eyes, and when she gets back to her senses, she averts her gaze from me, and she looked so beautiful. She said, "U-Um.. S-Sorry.." "Ah.. Yes..No problem." I replied. And we stopped talking for 5 minutes, just looking around my room. Then I asked, "S-So, if you''re going to be my girlfriend, you need a name." Well, that really isn''t necessary, but if she will be a ''human'' girlfriend, she then needs to have a place to stay, and a name. "I already have a name, It''s Kuro." She said. "Ah, that''s right. How about your last name?" "I-I don''t need that one." Well, it''s normal. She''s not human. After thinking about something,my phone suddenly rang. Kuro looked at it as if she was going to fight my phone. "What''s that thing!?" She asked loudly. "It''s my cellphone. Someone is calling. Give me a sec." I picked up the call, it was a woman. "H-Hello? Akashi-san? Is this you?" Said the woman. "Yes. It''s me. Excuse me, but who are you?" "Ah..yes I forgot, I''m Satsuki. Satsuki Minami. Your classmate. I called because I''m worried something happened to you. You didn''t go to school again. It''s been two weeks." "Ahh.. The class rep.. I''m sorry. I have some problems today too." I said. "I''m glad you''re okay, but please go to school, it''s my duty as a class representative and also I want to help you. If you have any problems that needs my help just talk to me and I''ll handle it." She said. "Okay. Thanks for worrying." I put my phone back into the table. Kuro then asked me who it is. "Who''s that Shiro-kun?" I then turned around and looked at Kuro. "It''s the class rep. She said I should go to the school. That''s right, you said earlier that I should go to school and study. Why did you say that?" "It is because I need to keep you from doing bad things too right? That''s part of protecting someone. And besides, I want to go to school too!" She raised both her hands in excitement. "What? You want to go to school?" I asked. "Yes! I want to try being a human too!" She replied. "Well, if you want to go, you must first, have a last name." I explained. "Last name huh? Can''t I use yours?" She looked at me as if she was begging me to agree. "Of course not! We aren''t siblings. And even if you took my name then others will ask if we''re relatives and then we''ll have a problem coming up with an excuse." Shepouts her mouth because of disappointment. Look here, I also want you to have a different name, because if you''re going to be my girlfriend, and by any chance my wife.. then we have to change your name too.. Stolen from its original source, this story is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings.But I can''t tell her that right? RIGHT? She stopped for a second to think, then she said, "Then, I''ll take...Hikari. Kuro Hikari!" "Hikari... light. That may be contradicting your name but it got a nice ring to it. Okay, we''ll go with that." AH! I remembered! Mom didn''t know that she''s here. Maybe I should go and talk to her, I should also ask if she would let Kuro stay. As I was about to go towards the door, a knock from it was heard. "Shiro?" Yikes! "Shiro.. I brought your breakfast." It was mom. She''s at the other side of the door, and Kuro is just at the front of it. "Kuro!" I said hastingly. "Huh? What is it?" She replied. "Hurry go invisible!" "Heh? Why?" "My Mom is here!" Mom slowly opened the door. "I''m coming in." "Oh. Okay." As she said that, her whole body then vanishes from sight. Shehad hidden herself. Phew. We got out of trouble. "Shiro? I heard you were talking. Who are you talking to?" "Oh. No one! I''m talking to myself.." I excused. "Oh. Is that so." My Mom is so caring. She doesn''t hurt or force me to go to school. She brings breakfast at my room everytime because I don''t go down to eat with her and my siblings. We are only 5 in our house. I have a brother and a sister. My Father, he disappeared 6 years ago. He was sent on a job and never came back. Ever since then, I didn''t go to school. I want to see father again but mother is not even bothered by it, maybe because she''s still believing that dad will come back home. Midori and Kuma too. He''s also the reason why I loved animes, back when I was still going to school, I was already alone. But it doesn''t matter to me, and then 6 years has passed, I realized it''s boring to go to school, so I stayed at my house. "Mom, I want to talk to you." I said to her as she put the food at my table. "Hm? What is it?" She replied."C-Can we let my girlfriend to stay here in the house?" As I said that mom''s eyes glowed like flaming candle, she was shocked, I expected that. But what I didn''t expect is what she had asked me after I said that. "Y-You have a girlfriend!? I thought you only love 2D girls?" Ouch. "W-Well, my girlfriend doesn''t have a family now. Her parents died from... " *whispers* car crash! "Y-Yes.. They died from a car crash." Kuro was whispering to me, and I got no time to think for excuses, thank god being invisible helps. Wait... If she has been watching me for two weeks then-- "Oh. I feel sorry for her. Where is she now?" She asked looking sad. "O-Oh. She''s staying at her house now. But I''m worried because she''s all alone. Maybe we can make her stay here? Until her relatives comes?" I said pushingly. "Hm. Okay. She can stay here all she want. Just don''t do bad things to her here. Okay?" "Y-Yes Mom." Thank God my Mom is an angel. "Okay. I''m going down to eat with Midori and Kuma." She then walked outside, but just before she close the door she turned around at me and asked, "Shiro?" "Yes Mom?" Her voice looked serious. "No. Nothing. Enjoy your food." I was confused, but knowing her, she might be really worried about me. "Oh. Okay. Thanks for the food." After she left, Kuro quickly becomes visible. "U-Um. Shiro-kun." She said shyly. "What is it?" "Can I really be your girlfriend?" Her red bright eyes became such a wonderful thing to see for me."Hm? A demon as my girlfriend? I don''t know.. why do you ask?" I said while looking at her eyes. "I think it is not normal for demon and man to be lovers.. Well, being in love with me is not normal in the first place. ... let alone me, without any experience and knowledge in this thing called.. what is it again?" "Don''t sweat the small details. It''ll be alright." I said to her and patted her head. As I look at her, her eyes were as beautiful as the stars. And I ask this to myself, why would I even think about it? She has gone too far for me and my family, she even broke the rules of not involving themselves with humans. Why would I worry about her being my girlfriend then? "Why not? Yes you can." I added. "B-But I am a demon.." "That''s not a problem. Demon or angel, that doesn''t matter, as long as you do what you want to do, nothing will harm you." Her worried face then became as lively as ever. "T-Thanks!" She then hugs me tight. "Ouch. Ouch. You''re gonna kill me.." I said. She was smiling. "Oh. Sorry. I got excited hehe." But honestly, that hug wasn''t so bad. It wasn''t so bad... Crap! My imagination is going wild again.. it''s hard to be an introvert person.. I fixed myself up. So back to it, let''s recap. First, she came here because someone told her to protect me and my family. Second, she wants me to go to school. Third, she wants to be my girlfriend. Does she really want that? So judging from that, we need a name for her, she got that, we need a house, she got it too, now I just need to put her information in the internet so that she can apply to my school. It''s easy as pie for me to make a fake citizen''s registration for Kuro. -:- The Next Day -:- "Crap! I forgot that you need clothes!" I said to her while cleaning my bed. Mom let Kuro stay in the house, her room was just beside mine, it was father''s. But since he is gone, the room is free so mom let Kuro stay there. "Don''t worry Shiro-kun! I can make those things!" "Really?" Demons can do that!? I don''t have any idea. "Yes. Anyways, Can we go to school now?" She said excitedly. "Not yet. I need to prepare our things." I replied with a serious face. Kuro pouted. "Hey Kuro, make some clothes for you and a uniform too. Anyways how can you do that?" I asked while preparing my school uniform. "I can make things out of nothing, only those that I''ve seen for many times." Wait, if that''s the condition, then that means she''s always looking at school uniforms? Poor girl, but now you can go to school and wear what you''ve seen for a very long time. As to human clothes, that''s given right? "Here Shiro-kun, do I look cute?" She said. She goes down to the living room after I told her that I''m going to the bathroom. "Y-You look beautiful.." I said to her. "Really?! Yes!" I was sure she was going to say things like, "Uh.. thank you.." or "I-Idiot! I''m not that cute.. but thanks anyways.." god, my weab soul is fooling me. "Kuro-chan!" Said mom from the kitchen. "Have you eaten your breakfast?" She added. "Yes! We''re leaving now!" Kuro replied. "Then take care of yourselves." Mom said. "You too mom!" I replied. Then we got out of the house. "Shiro.. it seems like you''ve gotten over it. Your father will be proud." Mom said while tearing up. Wait what did she mean by that? Gotten over what? Don''t tell me it''s being an otaku! No, I will never mom! As we walked outside and talked, we didn''t notice the people that are watching us. From far away, at the forest. There lies two man, one with a gray and white shades of hair, one with a completely black hair. They are sitting on a tree. "Look at them have fun." Said by the man with black hair. "Can we make fun of them?" He said while licking his tongue out. "No we can''t. That girl is strong." Said by the man with the gray and white hair. "Not stronger than two." Then he laughed like a evil maniac. I hate maniacs. "Hm. I don''t know, should we ask boss first? This isn''t the mission he gave us." The gray haired man looked worriedly. "Don''t worry about it, it''ll just be a second. Besides, if we get that demon and that kid, he will advance our position in army, and he maybe get proud of us. That''s all that we want right?" The black-haired man explained. "I see.. you''re right.. but I''m still not sure about this." the gray-haired man replied. "Tch, if you don''t want to do it, then I''ll do it myself, coward." "Who said that I don''t want to do it?" The gray haired man looks challenged. "It''l just be a second okay, if it gets longer than that then we''ll retreat." "Not listenin''. I just want to play with that girl." the black-haired man jumped downward, vanishing in the leaves of the trees. "Wait! Tch, he can''t be stopped." He then followed his comrade downwards, but before that a voice can be heard from afar. "Asmoriths shall take the heaven, again." *Crushing sound* - End of Chapter 2 - "No! I will stay! Even if I cant do anything I will stay with you!" After we talked about how and why she came here, we thought about how to introduce her to my mom. And the only thing that we came up with is to make mom believe that Kuro is an orphan now. I told Kuro to dress up like a girl. Because meeting my mom with a red coat and just shorts and bra is.. you know what I want to say. I asked her if she could do something about her horns and tails, luckily she can hide it. Now the only problem is her clothes, but I don''t have any clothes for girls, but I can buy her some. When I was just about to go out I saw her already wearing an outfit. Guess she can make clothes and stuff. Then I told her to appear in front of our house, then knock. I will be waiting for her. Then I introduced her to my mom, they got along so well, it''s confusing me whether they have the same brainwaves or like that. And now, "Kuro! Hurry up!" I said looking at her in my back while running. "I''m running as fast as I can you know?" Somehow, I hacked the citizens record at the internet and put her information there. Please don''t tell anyone. Anyways, she will be transferred to my school. "Hey Shiro-kun." she asked while running. "Hm? What is it?" "Did you know that I can teleport?" "Yeah of cou--" I DIDN''T REALIZE THAT! I stopped for a second to talk to her. "Y-You can?" I said while panting. "Of course." She answered. "Well, we are near at the station so, maybe next time. You should''ve said that to me earlier geez." "You didn''t give me a chance you know! You just started off running." But looking at her, she''s not panting after running all the way from there, her stamina must be high. No, actually she''s not human that''s why. After looking at each other for a while, I heard the train stop to drop passengers. "Oh! The train is here! Let''s go!" Because I thought we would be late, I immediately grabbed her hand. I almost didn''t notice that I did that. Kuro was surprised too. Then we got into the train before it leaves. Kuro on the other side, she''s new at riding a train, she also looks at everything inside with an awe in her eye. "Hey Shiro-kun." "What is it?" She pointed at the top. "What''s that thing called?" "Oh. That''s a handle bar. You can hold it if you''re a bit dizzy." "Hm. handle bars huh. Let me try you." She said with a challenged face. She tries to hold it but she can''t. With that height? I think not. "H-Hey Shiro-kun." "What is it? You can''t hold the bars?" I looked at her and asked. "Yes.. kind of.." Knowing that already, I held the bar by my right hand and said, "Here, hold my arm." She looked at me with confused eyes at first, but she gets what I mean now. "Ah, right. Okay. Thanks." Then we stopped talking. I don''t know why we stopped talking but my instincts said that I shouldn''t talk. "Hey Shiro-kun.." Kuro asked looking embarrased. Why the heck would you be embarrased? "Y-Yeah? Are you getting dizzy?" "No.. I just want to know what ''lovers'' do, what girlfriends do.." Hearing her answer made me gulp. "W-What lovers do? Ah.. that''s easy... they hold hands... they kiss and stuff.. they date.." "Hold hands huh.. then, what I am doing right now is a part of being a girlfriend right?" That''s right! She''s holding my arm, and I''m letting her.. does that mean we''re really dating? .... I think not. That''s just so shallow.. there are more things that we can do, to be able called ''dating'' than this. I think. "No, I think not. Being lovers means more than holding hands, kissing or dating. There must be some thing that we both don''t know. It''s both our first time right? Then we should not rush it. It''s always the best to go slow than to go fast." Yeah, what I said is true. In life, if you''re always going too fast, then you''ll not see what really is the meaning of the present. Like this. We still don''t know what it means to be lovers, but if we go fast and treat what we are doing right now as ''dating'' then we would be having false ideas about love. In present, right now, I have her in my arms. But that doesn''t mean she''s already in love with me, that goes with me too. See? You''ll lose sight of what present really means if you go beyond that. "Shiro-kun, you can say cool things sometimes. I thought you were always lame." When she said that it feels like something hard hit my head. I answered, "L-Lame? I-I''m not lame! Its just.. I don''t have that many chances to prove that I''m not lame.." "Ehhh?" she said. Then the train announcer goes off. "Oh. This is our stop. Let''s go now." "Okay.." We walked for 5 minutes, my school isn''t that far from the station, but it''s not that near either. As we stop at the front of the school, Kuro''s eyes widened and shined like a new flower blooming at the tree. "Here we are. Tengoku Highschool. It''s a bit big right?" I asked her, but she looks like she sees something far more interesting than talking to me. "W-What is that thing!?" She pointed her finger to the big black thing at the front. "That? It''s called gate. You see one in my house right? Just a smaller one." "It is!? I thought it''s a door!" "No, it''s not. Come on. Let''s go now." After that, I told Kuro to go to the school faculty so that she can introduce herself and be able to get transferred. It doesn''t matter whether she get transferred on a another room, she said. As long as we''re at the same vicinity. So the classes are starting now. The teacher goes in. "Stand. Bow. Sit." "Good morning Teacher Shizu." "Good morning. Today, you will going to have another classmate. Go on. Tell something about yourself." What are the odds.. Wait.. I didn''t tell her that she must keep secret of her real self... but that should be given right? Right!? "I-I''m Hikari Kuro.. I''m a bit new to this world.. so if you would.. please be good to me.." Phew. The class is confused, they started saying things like, "World? Maybe she means room?" While the girls are saying like, "She''s gorgeus", and "A cute girl! We have yet another cute girl in here huh?" While the men.. of course. "Come on, I wanna talk to her." Well, it''s normal. She''s beautiful, her voice fits an angel, wait she''s a demon, eh never mind. "Okay. Sit there right next to Akashi-san." "O-Okay Teacher." H-Ha!? This is not the plan! By the way the plan is to not get involved with me or whatsoever, because that''ll be a problem. Suddenly going to school after two weeks, and suddenly having a transferee will spark some people''s minds. "Y-Yo. Kuro." I said while she sat beside. "Hello.." I knew it. The class started talking about us. "I smell something fishy about Shiro and Kuro-san.. Don''t you think?" "Akashi-san didn''t go to school for two weeks right? Then suddenly he goes in and he even greets her like they know each other!" That guess, hit the spot. The teacher clapped her hand and told us to stop thinking about things, and then she started the class. *Clock Rings* -Lunch Break- After some of my classmates got out, I talked to Kuro. Currently she''s sitting at her chair. She''s looking at her lunch, ready to eat anytime. "Hey, do you want to eat with me?" I said. If you discover this narrative on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the violation."H-Huh? O-Of course.." she replied, "But, what if they see us? I thought we musn''t get involved with each other?" She whispered. Hm. Change of plans. Maybe we should at least talk to each other. "It''s okay if we are just talking to each other." After she gives a ''oh, okay'' look she then looked at her food and then asked me. "Hey Shiro-kun, why is it that you don''t have any friends?" To suddenly ask someone who don''t have any social skills that.. "E-Eh.. it''s because I''m different from them.." "Oh. Different. You mean you like that thing they call anime?" Stop! I''m gonna cry! "Y-Yes I do.. I don''t know why but when a person likes cartoons sometimes people just don''t want to be friends with them.. like me." "Hm. Then why don''t you try and make some friends?" I let out a sigh. "I tried, but I really am diffirent from them. Besides, I already have a friend." "Who?" She asked. "You of course. You''re my friend." "I''m your friend? I thought I''m your girlfriend? So that really means you don''t have friends Shiro-kun!" What kind of logic is that? "Y-Yes you are my girlfriend but that doesn''t mean that you''re not my friend, you see there''s even a ''friend'' at the end of the word girlfriend!" Crap, I might have said that out loud. Hopefully someone didn''t hear tha-- "So you two are dating?" CRAP! "As I turnrd around, I answered her. "Y-Yes we are.." WHY DID I ANSWER HER? Now people will get the wrong idea about us, this''ll be a problem. As I look at where the voice came from, I saw a woman with big chest, short maroon hair, wearing a school admin uniform. "B-By the way you are?" I asked her. "You forgot me already!? I''m the one who talked to you at the phone Akashi-san!" Ah right, the class rep! "Oh. Class rep! I''m sorry I forgot. I didn''t remember anything about you honestly.." when I said that, her eyes showed anger and she pouted. "By the way, why are you here class rep?" "Ah. I''m here for Hikari-san. Can I talk to her?" "W-Wait a minute.. what''s your name again?" "Really! It''s Satsuki! Minami Satsuki!" "Ah right, wait a minute Satsuki-san." I then took Kuro to the side of the room and told her that she shouldn''t say to anyone that we are living together and that she is a demon. She agreed quickly. -After Class- I asked Kuro to go home with me, of course. We''re living at the same house. But if we just suddenly go home together then that''ll be more troublesome. Wait... what if asking her to go home together will spark more minds? Ahh forget it! Don''t mind them! As we are walking towards the station, Kuro said that she wanted to buy some ice cream. So we bought some. She enjoyed it, she said it''s sweet and that it is refreshing. She asked me if we could go near the forest, she said that she wants to see the trees before we go home. I agreed. I want to get fresh air too. While we are walking, Kuro stopped. She signed a stop sign at me, and she looked around the trees. I asked her what''s the problem. "What is it Kuro?" "The winds are still. The insects are silent. There is something strange here." she said looking worried. As I was about to tell her it''s nothing, a chain came from above us towards Kuro. "Kuro! Watch out!" I warned her as I saw the chain. But it''s too late, the chain has already captured Kuro when I warned her. Kuro uttered some words and the chain that was holding her melted like it''s nothing. "What the heck was that Kuro?" I asked her. "That chain.. it''s not an ordinary chain.. it''s red and it is moving by itself.." I said. "That''s a skill, Demon Bind." "What?" "I will explain to you later Shiro-kun, but now, we need to focus." "Focus about wha--" As I was about to say that a man came from the top of the trees, a slam sound can be heard when he landed down on the ground. "Who are you?" Kuro asked the man. "Hm. Not bad, those reactions are fast. Maybe I really can have fun with her." then the man smiled while licking his fingers. "I said who are you? Why are you targeting me?" "Ah.. it''ll be no fun if we just answer that directly.. by the way-" Before he finishes his sentence, a black razor-sharp bullet hit his cheeks. It was Kuro, she shot the man with her fingers pointing at him. "I asked you a question. Now answer me." The man, looking pissed said, "Like I said-" And Kuro shot another one at him, but this time the man dodged it. "Would you please let me finish my sentences first?" "I got no time to waste on people like you." "Oh, I''m starting to have fun now!" he said while smiling. Then the man pointed his hand towards us, no, behind us. "Frost Nova." A nova of ice came from behind, Kuro quickly used a skill and blocked the attack. "Oh? To cancel an attack in point-blank range, you must have some sharp senses, kid." As I look at him, his eyes were fixed at Kuro, but when his eyes came unto me, I felt an intense amount of fear, it made me unable to move my body. "Shiro-kun!" Kuro shouted. Then the man from the front dashed and he was about to strike me using a sword-like attack, but Kuro successfully deflected it, she used her hand and smacked the sword upward, she then took me and she teleported me far from them. "Shiro-kun! Are you okay?" she asked. "I-I think I''m okay.. how about you? What was that all about?" I asked while trying to stand. "They are enemies Shiro-kun. They are asmoriths." "You mean.." Just when I knew what was happening, the man from before with the sword came to us again, but this time, he attacked Kuro. Kuro was not paying attention that time, but at the last second she felt the man''s presence, but it''s too late. The sword hits Kuro''s arm, but it is just a slice, Kuro on the other hand formed her hand like it was holding a ball, then suddenly a small black-hole looking ball was formed in her hand. She used it to strike the man back, and it did. Smoke came from the ground, it covered the scene where Kuro hits the man. The smoke is thinning, and the man who just got hit stands up, with his shoulder bleeding. "Ah, come to think of it, we didn''t get to know each other right? I''m Zecharias, an asmorith. Captain of the first soldiers. And that man, at your back is Mordecai, the advisor of the lord of asmoriths." Kuro was alarmed by what he said ''at your back'' so she quickly turned around and said, "Ashen Immolate!" and a crimson flame was formed just right in front of her, melting the ice that is forming point blank at Kuro''s face. "You really are good ain''t you, Zecharias here will finally get satisfied if we caught you and that boy." Kuro said angrily, "You will never catch him as long as I''m standing here." Both man were standing, not doing anything as they listened to her. Then suddenly the man at her front said, "Well, thanks for the tip." and strike Kuro with an ice spear, Kuro didn''t dodge it and got hit at her shoulder, but as she fell down she saw a gap on Mordecai''s back, she then teleports behind Mordecai as she said, "Blink." Mordecai, not knowing where did Kuro go was surprised, because of that Kuro had the chance to charge her attack, and a crimson snake formed behind Mordecai, and it hit him, it strike through Mordecai''s chest, and came back to try and strike his head next. It was sure that Mordecai''s head will get decapitated when Zecharias teleports just before it hit Mordecai''s head and said, "Whoops, that was close." and then blasted the crimson snake into pieces. Kuro then used blink at my back and she said, "Shiro-kun! We need to get out of here!" me of course because I can''t do anything I just agreed at her, but just before she can use blink and teleport us away, a large hammer made with ice came to strike both of us. Luckily, Kuro used ashen immolate to melt the ice, she used it to form a flame barrier for us. As the barrier came down, the two asmoriths who were just hit and bleeding by their wounds was slowly walking towards us, and one of them said, "You can''t escape us little girl, even if you teleport a thousand times." it was Zecharias, whose shoulder is not even showing any scratch. "Ah, now that hurt." said Mordecai, whose clothes were pierced but not his flesh; his wound is gone. Kuro, looking angrily at them said, "Looks like I have no choice but to fight. Forgive me Shiro-kun, but I need you to get out of here." As I knew what she meant by that I told her, "No! I will stay! Even if I can''t do anything I will stay with you! You''re my girlfriend right! And a girlfriend should never be left alone by his boyfriend!" Kuro smiled and looked at me with such kind eyes said, "Shiro-kun.. I''ll be back to get you okay.. when that time comes, I will let you do what a boyfriend should do. But for now, let me handle this." She then touched my face, and my body vanished. She teleported me far away from the battle. Mordecai, walking towards Kuro said, "Ohoh, letting your loved one leave while staying behind, it is a very romantical and the most strategical decision you''ve made this time. I respect you now. I think it''s time to get serious now. Zech, follow that kid. And if he resists, don''t be afraid to do a little damage to him. Okay?" Zecharias looking annoyed said, "You don''t have to tell me, I''ll still go, also, I don''t care if I hurt him. As long as he''s alive right? Yeah right. Off I go." Zecharias vanished from the sight, leaving Kuro shocked. She said, "You.. you really don''t have souls do you.." Mordecai replied, "Of course we have, we''re just like you. Obeying orders from the upper ones. Don''t worry, little Shiro won''t die. He''s just going to get a little hurt by Zach." Kuro looking pissed, shot a bullet at Mordecai and said, "You dare to touch even a single hair of Shiro-kun, I will kill you." Mordecai replied, "Well, it''s not me actually, say that to Zach." Kuro answered, "I will. After I finish my job here." Then those two looked at each other for a second, and then formed their battle positions. Both of them leaped far away. Kuro said, "Don''t start to run." Mordecai replied, "I won''t." Then both of them shouted with all of their hearts, "Arcana! Zenaniel!" "Arcana! Arugavadel!" And then the whole forest was covered by the light emitted by them two. - End of Chapter 3 - "Long time no see" "Arcana! Zenainiel!" Kuro shouted. After a moment, shattered pieces of red metal appeared and gathered around Kuro, those metals reflected the sun''s ray and turned the rays into red light. One by one, piece by piece, it covered Kuro''s body. The red light covered Kuro''s body while the metals are attaching to her. These metals then formed a red armor, made by metal-like mineral, but looks stronger. The armor releases a red faint light, and it looked like an armor of a metal knight, the chest plate was covered with red colors, and the shoulder pads have spikes pointing upward. The pieces covered also Kuro''s arms and hands, the hands has small spikes on top of Kuro''s hand, and her arms has a fin like metal showed on top of it. The waist part of the armor was a chain mail, down to the knees, the knee armor on the other side has a small shield like armor forming on it, while the leg armor is just a straight metal but has red shades of color on it. While the sandals that Kuro was wearing turned into an armored sandal, and it also is covered in red color. It is called an ''Arcana''. An other worldly battle suit. It boosts the physical strength of the wearer, as well as the magic power that they could release. It is made of unknown materials, maybe materials that came from their respective places, Arcanas vary depending on its user''s capability on battle and its user''s race. In other words, it''s an amplification. While Mordecai, just like Kuro, formed gray metals around him, and piece by piece covered his body. The armor showed a heavy-armored battle suit with gray colors attaching on it. Unlike Kuro, Mordecai has a helmet, his helmet looks like one of the helmets that knights has used from the medieval era. His chest plate was surprisingly broad, and his pads were just showing generic knight pads, his gloves has straight holes on top of it, his sandals looks like the one knights uses too, his arcana doesn''t show much, but it is no question a strong one. "That arcana, I know it." Mordecai said. "Then you must know who am I too. Now, do you still believe that you can defeat me in this battle? Let''s make this quick so that I can follow your comrade and save Shiro from your comrade''s frenzy." Kuro said to him with pride. Mordecai smiled. "I expect nothing less from you, general of Lucifer''s army." Kuro is a general of Lucifer''s army, she''s the highest and possibly the strongest on Lucifer''s army. "Then that makes this easier." Kuro replied. As she finished talking she then starts to form a stance, she moved her right feet a little backward, her left hand formed a chop, while her right hand formed a fist. "What was your name again fallen one?" she asked. "Mordecai. The advisor of Azazel''s army. Mordecai." Mordecai said while bowing. "Ah, I remember now. You were there too, at the last Armageddon. That was, 2000 years ago?" Kuro asked. "Yes, if I remember, you were the one who captured the nephilim, the nephilim that is as strong as an archangel." Mordecai then undid his bow and looked at Kuro. "Yes, you''re right, I think that nephilim was... who''s he''s father again?" Kuro asked. "It was Azazel. The mighty Azazel had a child with a human, and when that being was born, angels from the sky tried to catch it, but the nephilim retaliates, it was still a baby when it was born yet when the angels came it was already a grown man. He then blasted out the house and killed the humans inside, leaving only him and the angels. That was when the demons came, Lucifer and his army. I don''t know his motives, but I know that he sent you in, and that move from Lucifer sparked the first war of the armageddon." Mordecai explained. But just before he finished his sentence, a red wave of flame was flying towards him. Mordecai saw it but he didn''t try to dodge it. He intends to get hit, but just before the wave of flame hit Mordecai, the wave of flame suddenly freezed and falls to the ground. "Can you please stop attacking people while they are still talking?" Mordecai said. "I have no time for talking, as we are talking your comrade gets closer and closer to Shiro-kun, so don''t pretend that you need respect while talking, when you are just letting your comrade do the dirty job of capturing an innocent boy." Kuro replied to him. Mordecai sighs, and then he laughed. "You really are an interesting demon." Mordecai told Kuro while smiling. "Thank you." Kuro replied. Then the atmosphere changed, it was filled with killing intent from both of them. Kuro was ready any moment to attack, while Mordecai is ready anytime to defend. And then.. "Hiyaa!" Kuro shouted and jumped towards Mordecai, she aimed for his head, she was about to punch it but when she gets close to Mordecai, an ice stopped her from initiating. It was a large ice, as large as a tree and formed like a shield, Kuro knew whag was that, it wasn''t just a shield. It was a weapon too. Capable of completely freezing anything it touches. "Tch. So this won''t be a hand-to-hand combat huh?" Kuro said to Mordecai. "Of course, I''m an ice specialist, I don''t have any physical strength, only magic." Mordecai replied. Kuro was capable of destroying armies of asmoriths and angels back then, using only her strength and some of her magic. But when it comes to a magic battle, she doesn''t stand a chance unless she become very careful with her decisions. "This''ll be a hard fight." Kuro said. "Oh no it won''t, I will end this in a jiffy." Mordecai replied. Mordecai then swayed his right hand upwards, and it made the giant ice shield vanish, but many ice formed around him, javelins made of ice. Kuro was alarmed, when it comes to straight weapons she got no choice but to fight it head on. Just kidding. The javelins then flew towards Kuro, Kuro still maintaining her stance from earlier looked up, and hit the javelins one by one with strong punches, using her fists. The javelins were shattered, and it releases smoke, covering Kuro from Mordecai''s sight, leaving Mordecai unable to see what is happening. "That was a bad idea." He said. Kuro then leaped towards Mordecai who was regretting the choice he made. She then punched Mordecai right into the face, it made him fly backwards. "That was a bad idea all right." Kuro said back to him while clunching her fists. Kuro didn''t notice, but as she said that, small shards of ice formed point-blank around Kuro. "You think that was all?" Said by mordecai while walking away from the destroyed tree. Kuro smiled. "No, but I ask you, do you think weak shards like these can pierce my demonic armor?" she asked amusingly. "No, but I figured out that you wasn''t really paying any attention. Those are just distractions." Kuro realized that she was right, there is no way a weak attack like this will be something Mordecai would use, so she prepared to jump very far away, but it is too late. The shards that were pointing at her transformed, it straightens and striked the ground, because there were many shards, it formed a prison of hard ice. Kuro was trapped in it. "W-Why can''t I..." Even with her monster strength, she can''t destroy the ice. It is because she used strong punches at them, and each of them recieves one strong punch; thus multiplying the strength Kuro gave to them and used it as a prison to immobilize the monster strength of Kuro. "Those aren''t just shards, those are ice that stores the damages that it recieves, and it''s not only one of them." Mordecai explained. Unable to move, Kuro thought about what to do, while Mordecai in the front starts to charge a powerful spiral of ice. "Hard weapons won''t work on you while on arcana, that''s why this time, pure magic will strike right through you."This content has been misappropriated from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere. Kuro was cornered. She can''t use her blink because she needs to step one time in order to use it. While she was still thinking, Mordecai puts his right hand up, and then the spiral ice starts to spin violently, as it spins it gets bigger and bigger, until its almost as big as a log. "Behold, the power of the frost legend. Fear me not, for I will make your death fast as possible." Mordecai chanted. Mordecai then pointed his hand towards Kuro, and then the spiral ice started to go towards her. It was as fast, but not fast enough. For Kuro, that was enough time to think of something. The spiral ice then strikes Kuro right through her chest, leaving the armor unaffected but for sure will deal an intense damage to her body. Is what, Mordecai thinks. But what he didn''t know, is that Kuro escaped at the last second. Kuro undid the armor on her feet and her knees, enabling her to step just a tiny bit and enabled her to blink, just before the ice hits her; thus creating an afterimage that shows she was hit by the ice. "What?" is the only thing that came into Mordecai''s head. "Enough of your games, Mordecai. It''s time to end this." Kuro said to him. Mordecai turned around, as he was about to see Kuro, Kuro punched his face as strong as possible to ensure that he won''t be able to attack again. But this time, the punch was downwards. Mordecai was buried to the ground. Let''s pray for him. Anyways after that, she remembered Shiro. She immediately leaves and followed Shiro, she left Mordecai because he was unconscious, she thought that he will wake up late because of that big punch mama gave him. While on the other side... Shiro was getting up from his sleep while holding his head. "Uhh.. what happened?" he asked himself. After Kuro teleported Shiro, Shiro became sleepy and he fell asleep. He woke up in a park, near the train station. It was far across the forest, the train station is at the middle of the forest and the park. "Right.. Kuro!" I remember now! Kuro! We were ambushed, where is she!? Where am I!? As he said that to himself he started getting up and ran towards the train station, but it was too late. "Where do you think you''re going boy?" a loud voice came from above. As Shiro look upward he saw a man with a sword falling down from the sky. It was Zecharias. How the heck can he hear a sound that far up in the sky? Anime logic kids. Just kidding, Zecharias''s voice was so loud that if you were with him when he shouted, you''ll get your eardrums bleeding. "Don''t move from where you are standing young man!" added by Zecharias. Shiro then ran as fast as he can towards the nearby waiting shed, he thought that the shed will protect him from the fall, but he''s wrong. As he stopped by the shed Zecharias fell down to the ground and destroyed the whole waiting shed. Shiro luckily jumped outside the shed just before it was hit by the fall. Zecharias, stands up. "I said don''t move, why did you move?" Zecharias then starts licking his sword. "Don''t worry, I won''t hurt you." he added. "D-Don''t hurt me your face! Pointing your sword at me while falling down from the sky? You think that wouldn''t hurt me!?" Shiro said while panting. "Ah, yeah that''s right. Maybe I''ll hurt you a little." This bastard! Shiro then hurriedly think of a way to fight the man, but judging from what Zecharias just did, it made him feel hopeless. So he didn''t think about anything, just run away from Zecharias. So he ran. But Zecharias won''t just let him. "Ah, you shouldn''t have moved. Now you made me angry." Zecharias said. Zecharias then dashed towards Shiro and sliced his right arm. Shiro didn''t notice it at first as he keeps on running away from Zecharias, but after a few seconds he felt intense pain coming from his right shoulder. The pain made him squeal, Shiro cried like a pig being butchered. He was screaming the pain he felt from that, lots of blood was falling from his arm, and the fleshes came out of it while Zecharias is licking the blood on his sword. "Ah.. this blood.. yes.. I knew it.. you''re not just some innocent boy.. ah.. maybe this is why Lord Azazel ordered us to observe you.. but I just can''t help it, my instincts says that I should go and kill you myself.. ah.. Lord Azazel will be angry with me this time.. but what''s done is done.. I should take you back now before I go crazy and kill you for real." he said. "Don''t cry now little boy, I told you earlier. ''Don''t move''. I warned you, but you didn''t listen." he added. Shiro thought of nothing, he is just thinking about his right arm that was cut off and was talking to himself, "My arm.. my arm.. it hurts.. it hurts like hell!! someone.. someone!!! someone help me please!!" he cried. But no one else was there at that time, it was strange, the shed should have some people waiting on it, but there aren''t even a single passenger waiting on it. As Shiro cried for help, Zecharias then walked closer to him. He said, "Come now boy, this time I really won''t hurt you. I''ll just take you back okay?" But Shiro didn''t listen, he cried and cried and cried for help. He looked around only to see no one except a crazed angel that was about to capture him. Shiro crawled and crawled, but it''s useless. It was hopeless, this for sure, Shiro will get captured and be taken to an unknown place. But something sparked right on top of Shiro. "W-What''s with that light?" said by Zecharias. Shiro noticed the light too, so he turned back and looked at it. There he saw Kuro, teleporting and teleporting from one place to another, finding Shiro. It seems like she doesn''t know where she teleported Shiro, it is because she needs to be there for the teleportation be precise. Kuro said, "Where are you Shiro-kun.. please be safe.." That alone gave Shiro hope. Seeing someone so desperately trying to save him gives him a lot of hope. He asked himself, "If this girl who just met me, who didn''t even spent a lot of time with me doesn''t give up on saving me, then why would I?" He then tried to stand up using only his left arm, and he did. Zecharias looked at him with amazed eyes. "Woah, to be able to overcome pain and stand before me, you must be quite amazing kid." he said. But Shiro didn''t answer. He just stood there looking at the ground. "What''s the matter?" Zecharias said while annoyed by Shiro''s attitude. "I thought you will fight for your life? Why did you stand up? Only to get cut off an arm again?" he said. But Shiro answered him with a smile. Zecharias was pissed by it so he dashed towards Shiro and targeted his left leg, to restrain him from running away from him anymore. But just before Zecharias come and cut Shiro''s leg, a man appeared, he was wearing a black suit with red necktie, like a business man. He deflected Zecharias''s sword with his finger. Zecharias was shocked, he didn''t expect someone to appear. He also deflected his sword using only a finger, and what''s more, just by standing near this man gave Zecharias the chills. Shiro then fell to the ground, unconcsious. "Hey." said the man. "What do you think you''re doing with my kid?" he added. Zecharias replied, "Y-You... why are you here!?" "Didn''t I tell you already? He''s my kid. Won''t a parent save his kid from dying? So now, answer me. Why are you doing this?" the man said while walking closer towards Zecharias. Zecharias then walked backward slowly, with fear in his mind. "I-I was ordered to.. I-I just did what he said.. please spare my life.. I didn''t do anything!" Zecharias begged. "You didn''t do anything?" the man asked, and he pointed at Shiro''s cutted arm. Zecharias was scared, "I-I''m sorry! I didn''t mean it! If he would just stop running then that wouldn''t happen to him! Please forgive me.. please.." Zecharias begs the man, but it seems like the man wasn''t happy about it. "Why would I?" the man then replied to Zecharias. "Please.. I''ll do anything! I''ll do anything please just spare me!" he cried. "Do anything huh, then leave this boy alone, and tell your master that if he involves his minions with my son again, I''ll be the one who''ll kill them. Including you. Understand?" the man said. Zecharias then bowed for his life, and teleported back to where Mordecai is. He saw Mordecai unconscious, so he took him and then they both vanished from the earth''s very interior. Kuro, still blinking from place to place. She flied towards the sky and started to look there. There she saw a shed that looked like a meteor fell on it. So she goes and try to look in there. Luckily, she saw Shiro. But it was too late for her to save him. Because he is already saved by someone else. Whom Kuro didn''t see. "Shiro-kun!" she shouted. She then quickly undid her arcana and blinked to where Shiro is sleeping. As she saw Shiro lying down near the wrecked shed, Kuro rushed towards him while shouting, "Shiro-kun! Are you okay?" but she didn''t hear an answer. As she gets closer to Shiro, she saw a letter beside the unconcious Shiro. It said, "To you, the one who protects my child, please continue doing so. I''ll be doing some things before I go back and explain everything to him. Please keep on doing this until I come back." Kuro then realized, "Shiro-kun''s father?" As she put the letter down she turned Shiro around, she saw not a single wound from him. "I thought you were hurt. Idiot Shiro-kun." she said while tearing up. She then carried Shiro to their house, and made him rest. She told Shiro''s mother that he was just tired, so he needs to get some sleep. Kuro waited hours for Shiro to wake up. After Shiro woke up, Shiro asked Kuro how did he survived, he said that his arm was cut off, but Kuro didn''t know any of it. He said it was Zecharias who cut it, but Kuro said that she only saw Shiro lying on the ground, unharmed. "That''s right!" he remembered Kuro being worried about him. It made Shiro felt thankful, because if he didn''t heard that from her, he would have abandon all hope and fall into the hands of the asmorith. "Hey Kuro." he said. He then took Kuro''s hand and holds it. "Thank you." he said to her. "W-What? Thank you for what?" Kuro asked. "Nothing, I just want to thank you." Kuro then looked confused, but she said, "Welcome." They stopped talking for a while, Kuro looked downward, Shiro doesn''t know what that means, but he noticed something. Kuro''s hands are trembling, so he asked her what''s the problem, but Kuro didn''t answer, so he asked Kuro again. "Kuro, what''s the problem?" Kuro then looked at him, with hear eyes full of tears. She then hugged Shiro and cried. "I thought I''d lose you Shiro-kun.." she said. It seems that Kuro really was worried about Shiro, she doesn''t know anything about the world except for few things, and if Shiro would be gone, she will not know what to do anymore. Kuro made Shiro''s heart melt. He then hugged Kuro back and patted her. "I won''t go anywhere, we still didn''t do what lovers do, did we?" he said to her. "That''s why, I won''t go anywhere. I will stay by your side, so next time, please don''t make me leave. I will try not to be a bother, so please let me stay with you." he said happily. Kuro cried more, and just answered with a thank you, and hugged Shiro for minutes until she realized that it was very embarrasing and it made her run outside Shiro''s room. Shiro just smiled, he figured that he should let Kuro rest, after all that happened. But after thinking for some time, something bothered Shiro. "Just who the heck is that?" Shiro told himself. "I''m sure someone appeared just before I lose my conciousness." he added. He can''t remember it so he goes out to take a walk. It was already night, he was walking near the river. It was all so quiet when he heard some footsteps behind. He turned around. He saw a man. Shiro knew who it was. He turned his back around and said, "Long time no see, father." - End of Chapter 4 - "The one wholl destroy the world" It was six years ago, when dad disappeared. I don''t know what the reason is, he just vanished without saying anything to me. I was still the only child then, mom thought it would be better if I got more siblings so she adapted two of them; Midori and Kuma. To be honest, I don''t like them. Not because of their personalities, they''re lively, they accepted home without any complains or any problems, and besides, they really love staying here. I was envious of how happy they were, even if they don''t have parents anymore. And even if they know they''re adopted, they still love mom like she''s their real mother. But me, just by losing a single parent made me lose all my sight on the world, on my mom, on my siblings. I really loved my dad, he''s caring, even when he got home from his job he would always tell me bedtime stories before sleeping himself. I don''t know why I became such a worthless child, but even so, mom didn''t force me to do what an elder sibling would do, I don''t know if that''s a bad thing, but seeing her smile when she delivers my breakfast everyday, makes me happy that I don''t feel like I''m a useless and worthless sibling. There are many days that I tried talking mom about it, about how dad just accepted a job, and why he didn''t say anything about it to me. But I didn''t have the courage to talk to her. I was a kid back then, I thought maybe when I grow up, I would be over this stupid kid-tantrum of losing a parent. But no, it even made me worse. Those six years of going to school, I just did what the school told me to do. But to be honest I don''t want to do it. It was this year, when I thought of something; "Why would I even do something I don''t like? I can just leave them alone, and they could just let me, no one cares about me." That''s when I got so addicted to animes and games, read mangas, play mmorpgs that pays real money, that I got from my mom. I feel like, I really am a shit in this world. It''s basically stealing money, because I didn''t even go to school to pay mom''s hard work. I don''t know what to do, I really don''t. That''s when Kuro came to me and said, "I will not just be your bodyguard, I will also be your girlfriend." It made me really happy deep inside, finally, someone wants to care about me. I was skeptical about it first, but when I realized that she really was serious about it, I have no choice but to go on with the flow. And now, "Long time no see, father." Shiro said that it was his father, the father whom he loved and disappeared six years ago. The man didn''t answer, so Shiro turned around at looked at the man. "Don''t you have anything you want to say to me, father?" The man''s face was shocked, Shiro knew it was because this man didn''t expected him to remember his face after years, I mean, they have photos right? But as silence starts to sink in, the man sighs and said, "What are you saying? Father? Who are you?" "Eh? EHHHHHH!?" Shiro said out loud, uhm, it seems like he is mistaken... "Y-You''re not my father!? T-Then how did you know I was here.." The man looked at him confused and said, "Huh? I was just walking because it''s nice to walk this time at night." Shiro''s face was covered in embarrasment. Things like, "How did I even thought about this man as my father!? I really messed up big this time.." was all he said to himself. But the man laughed, "HAHAHA! You were pranked, yes. I am your father, Lu--, ah sorry, I remembered something way too long ago." Shiro''s eyes widened, "S-Star wars!? You... you really is my dad!" Shiro said, and he can''t stop grinning. The man smiles at him and asked him, "How did you know that I am your dad? It''s been, what like seven or eight years?" "Six, you left without a word. Besided, did you think I would forget your face? I really was confused when you said who am I, I really thought you were my father because you look an awful lot like him." The man laughed and smiled, "I didn''t think you were such a dad-con." Shiro''s face started to blush, "N-No! I was just.. I was just!" But the man gestured a ''no-no'' with his finger. What''s with this atmosphere? Aren''t Shiro angry with his dad? I mean, he left him right? Why the heck are they so friendly now? Uh.. ehm.. sorry.. anyways. The man then looked at Shiro''s face with sadness. "Shiro.. I''m sorry. I left you without saying anything, you see, my reason is--" But without even finishing his dad''s sentence Shiro talked. "It''s fine, you don''t have to say anything. Just do what you did last time, leave without saying anything." His dad''s face became very sad, it was painful to see. Even for Shiro, after all those years finally, finally. He met his dad again. But this time, he doesn''t have the kind of attitude he had many years ago. His dad may come back, but those years that was lost will never come back to them, Shiro knew that even if his dad came back one time, he will just go again, he''s not even sure if his dad is alive. Based on the police, when a person disappears for two or more years then that person is declared dead. "You wonder why I am like this to you?" Shiro asked his father. "It is because I''ve changed, ever since you left me." For Shiro, without his dad it is just nothing to him, he loved his dad more than his mom, he just can''t let it go when he was just a child. And now, those things are backfiring to his dad. The man didn''t say anything, he''s just standing there, looking at Shiro. "Many things changed, like now I have a brother and a sister, mom adopted them. You should go see them if you like, I don''t care what you will do." That hurt his dad''s heart, seeing his son hate him so much, when the last time he saw him his son can''t even go to sleep without staying with him, hurted him so much. He held his chest like it was about to explode. "I''ll go now." Shiro said to him. But, the man didn''t stay quiet now. "It was all to protect you! All of those years, it was all to protect you!" his dad shouted. "Protect me? Protect me from what!? Isn''t protecting means always being there for that person!? Then where are you!? What did you do all those years!?" Shiro replied to him angrily. But the man suddenly become quiet. "You see? You can''t say anything to me, you just do what you do, always. Even now. So, don''t ask yourself why I turned out like this." Shiro added. "Shiro... please hear me out." his dad said. "Hear you out when you aren''t saying anything, okay, nice." Shiro replied. And his dad''s shoulders dropped, it seems like he''s giving up. Shiro looked at his dad and said, "Then, off I go." The man looked at Shiro, he''s crying. Yes, his son, is crying. So he stood up and said, "Ask your mom! Ask her about me, ask her about anything you want to know! She knows it all!" But Shiro just walked away without replying. He left his dad on the ground, kneeling. "I''m sorry, son. I have to go, if I didn''t, then you, and your mom will be dead, and I can''t do anything except leave, so that they will not locate you, but I was wrong. They were watching all along, the asmoriths, even the angels. I thought I was right, because nothing happened so far when I left, so I kept on doing it. I guess you have to know the truth yourself. I''m sorry I couldn''t tell you. Alicia, it''s up to you now." His dad then stood up, teleported, and vanish from the earth. Yes, his dad isn''t just a normal person. After Shiro had cried, he goes home to take some rest. He didn''t want to tell his mother that he saw his father, it is because he didn''t feel like it was needed, what his dad said before he left was the reason. It seems like his mother knows the reason why his dad left, and that made Shiro gets angry with her mom too. "Why didn''t she tell me? Is that why she didn''t force me, or even tried to talk to me about dad?" those things in his mind are what made him think like that. But, as he was just about to go inside the house, he felt like he wanted to talk to his mom. So he goes inside, but her mom isn''t there, he tried to look at her mom''s room, but she wasn''t there. So he gave up and goes to the backyard to get some fresh air from the trees. Their house isn''t that big, but what''s big is the whole place, there is a small pond in the front yard, while at the back yard there were trees in it, there, sitting near the trees he saw his mom kneeling near the tree, praying. It is the first time he saw his mom praying. "What is she doing, praying outside the house?" he asked himself as he tried to get close to her. But, something strange is bothering him. There are strange lights covering his mom while she is praying. He didn''t know what those are, but he knows that those things aren''t normal. The story has been illicitly taken; should you find it on Amazon, report the infringement.So he stopped and listen to what her mother is saying; "God, please forgive me, and my husband for doing that to Shiro, I know we''ve been a very bad parent, but it was all for his sake, please forgive us, and let Shiro''s anger in his heart be released from all the pain we both caused." "So she really knows, she admits it." Shiro said. But this time, without anger in his voice. He''s starting to accept what really happened, so he goes to where his mom is praying. "Mom." he said His mom was startled, she stood up and fixed herself up. "S-Shiro! You were here! H-How long?" his mom asked. "Just now." Shiro lied. Hearing that, her mom felt relieved and sighed. "Mom, I want to talk about something." Her mother then looked at him, "Yes, me too." she replied. Shiro inhales and exhales, to give him confidence. "Mom, I want to ask about dad, why did he leave, and why didn''t he come back?" Her mom knew, that Shiro is going to ask about that. "Tell me everything, mom. I''ll listen." he said. "Shiro, your dad, he''s not just any normal person. He''s an angel." Shiro''s eyes widened, "What... did you say?" "He''s an angel, and not just any angel. His name is... ...Lucifer." A long time ago, in heaven. God had angels, he would call them as his sons and daughters. He has four archangels back then, Michael, Gabriel, Raphael, and Lucifer. For Him, all of the angels are the same, be it a angel or an archangel. He loved them as much as he loved his own creations. One time, one of his archangels revolted, it was Lucifer. Lucifer challenged God, he said that he is stronger than him and wiser in every way. God, didn''t accept his challenge. Instead he told him a lesson, "Son, if you think you are better than me in every way, you shall have your own heaven." God then punished Lucifer by throwing him in hell, but what he didn''t know is that Lucifer escaped from there. Lucifer wanted to know what''s so special about humans, that his own father loves more than him? The truth why Lucifer challenged him was because he thought God was unreasonable, loving people who are not even in the same place as they were, without even knowing who God was. Lucifer loved God, he only wanted God to acknowledge him, but instead he loved the humans more than his own angels. He even told the angels to guide every human in earth, it made Lucifer become more angry at him. Thus leading to that point. And now, when Lucifer fell from the heaven, he was brought to hell. There, he made his own army of demons. But not the bad ones, the hell was so devastating back then, there were always fights of demons versus demons, the souls of the humans that goes in there aren''t tortured, so he doesn''t have any choice but to control them. Thus, making him a lord of the hell. But he''s not the only one, the dark lord, Satan, is there too. Yes, he''s not Satan. He''s Lucifer, the good lord of hell. After repeating it for thousands of years, one day, he gets tired of it all, so he goes out of it, and stayed in earth. In earth he studied humans for thousand of years, he tried to do what people do every day, every year, but he just can''t comprehend humans. Unlike him, humans have a thing called "human heart". It just doesn''t mean heart, it means the feelings that they have, just by being near someone, by making other people happy, or things like that. One day, he decided to stop studying humans and go back to hell. But before he did that, he goes into the most beautiful place he have known in the earth. It was the place where the sun sets, it wasn''t really a place, but there''s a place in where you can see the whole thing. It was the shore. He sit there, thinking about the things he had done, about God, about everything. That''s the time when a woman came and talked to her. "What''s your problem mister?" she asked. "I don''t have any problem, I''m just enjoying my last days here." he replied. He then looked at the sunset, waiting for it to end before he goes back. By the time the sun had set, the evening came, the sunlight was gone, he then accepted God''s lesson and resolved himself to go back to hell. As he stood up, he saw the woman smiling at the horizon where the sun had set earlier. "W-What''s up with you? Why are you still here?" he asked her. The woman looked at her. She replied, "Wha-- you didn''t know that I was here?" But Lucifer only gave a confusing face. "I stayed here and watched the sunset, to be honest, I think that is the best thing that you can see in the world." the woman said. Lucifer was astonished, he didn;t thought that someone who thinks just like him exists. And it was even a human. "I see." he answered. He sits again, but this time, near the woman. The woman didn''t mind it, in fact she was happy that finally the man noticed her. She was waiting for him to talk you know? "Hey, can I ask you a question?" Lucifer said. The woman nodded, "What is it?" "What would you do, if the man whom you loved the most can''t or didn''t acknowledge you, instead he loved other things more than he loved his own son? And then he banished you from your own home?" The woman was confused, she tried to look for answers, but in the end she came up with nothing. Lucifer knew it, so he smiled and said, "Ah, sorry, forget it." But after some time, the woman had talked, she said; "Lucifer huh." Lucifer was startled, he thought the woman knew that he is Lucifer. But the woman isn''t done talking. "Your case is like Lucifer''s. The angel. If I am Lucifer I would..." As she started talking about that, Lucifer didn''t knew that he was already staring at her for a time. "... I would ask for forgiveness from God." the woman said. Lucifer''s eyes lightened, his heart shattered, he was shocked by what the woman had said. "I.. would ask.. forgiveness?" he said. "Yes, whoever that might be, whatever you did, I''m sure he will forgive you. Just like God, he would forgive anyone, even humans who killed his own son. I know Lucifer isn''t really a bad angel, to be honest he''s the one I like the most in the stories." the woman said. As she said those words, Lucifer became quiet. She was waiting for a reply, so she looked at Lucifer. She saw him crying. She asked him why is he crying, and the only thing that he said was, "Thank you." The woman thought of Lucifer as a weird man, but as she looked at him again, he looked like he was hurt so much, the tears are falling from his eyes, and he can''t stop it. The woman was worried, so she hugged him. "There, there." she patted him at the back. That eased Lucifer''s sadness. "You.. really are a extraordinary woman." he said to her while trying to stop his tears. "And you are a weird man." she replied. Ever since then, Lucifer started going to that place every day, waiting for the woman to come back, and she did. Every day, they talked about themselves, they laughed, they smiled, they.. cried. The feelings that Lucifer was feeling that time made him realize, "Is this the answer as to why I can''t understand humans? This feeling, I know this is it." He was inlove. One time, after Lucifer had finished his job as a human, he goes to the shore to watch the sunset and wait for the woman. But the woman never came to watch with him. But, Lucifer didn''t come home. He waited for the woman to came. Until she did. It was very dark. She saw Lucifer waiting at the shore, sitting. He rushed towards him and told him she was sorry. But Lucifer didn''t answer. The woman sits near him, they didn''t talk for a while, until Lucifer started asking her. "Why are you late?" he asked with an annoyed tone and without looking at the woman. "I.. I needed to extend the time on my job because it was needed.. sorry I made you wait here, all alone." she frowned and held her hands. But Lucifer didn''t answer, and as she looked at him, she saw him looking at her, eyes into eyes. She said, "I-I apologized already.. stop staring at me.." But Lucifer didn''t care about that and grabbed her shoulders, kissed her in her lips, and that lasted long. After that he hugged her and said, "Don''t make me worry like that, okay?" But the woman answered, "Geez, it''s just an hour or so, and you missed me already." "I can''t help it, I can''t help but to miss you." And they laughed it all out. Years after, they bought their own house, then lived together. But Lucifer didn''t tell her the truth. He was worried that when he tell her that he''s not a normal person she would leave him. So he didn''t. And years later after that, they married. Lucifer decided to tell her what he really is. They were at their honeymoon that time, they are on the bed, and they are just going to start when Lucifer interrupted and said, "Alicia, I want to tell you something. Please, hear me out, and if you can''t accept it, it''s okay for me." Alicia just smiled, "I will accept it, no matter what is it you''re hiding." Lucifer kissed her before he started talking, he figured that if he said that, he won''t have any chance to kiss her again. "Alicia, I''m an angel. I''m not a normal person. I can do things that not any normal person would do." Alicia didn''t do anything, she didn''t say anything. And it was the go signal for Lucifer, "She will not believe me, I knew it." But Alicia answered with a kiss, she said, "I thought so, I saw you using some magic in the food, I knew you can''t cook food that delicious." And she laughed. She knew it was strange, but she just let it. Lucifer was very happy, so happy he forgot to put his condom on. Just kidding, Alicia wanted a child, so they make one. But Alicia didn''t know that an angel''s offspring with a human will be a powerful being. It will be a nephilim. Lucifer knew it already, he knew what his child''s fate would be. So he thought of something. Once the child is born, he will take all it''s powers and store it as his own, for the time being. Lucifer is an archangel, he''s so powerful, so he will be able to do that. And he did. But he didn''t know that the child will get attention from the other-worldy beings, the asmoriths, the demons that was controlled by Satan, and the angels. At first, he let them do what they want. It was about the first years of Shiro. But as time passes by, so do the patience of the beings. They wanted the power that Shiro has, the angels'' motive on him is unknown, the demons, well, they want to control him so that they won''t need human souls anymore, the asmoriths, they want to capture Lucifer''s son just like how he did on Azazel. When Shiro was already at 11 years old, he gets targeted by demons, from time to time demons go through their way to try and catch him, but Lucifer killed them all. They want to catch him give them to their lord, Satan. As well as the angels, and the asmoriths. But they didn''t know that Shiro''s power was on Lucifer. And Lucifer alone can protect him from armies of angels and demons, even asmoriths. But not with their lords. He doesn''t have any problem with the angels, but he''s in bad terms with both the asmoriths and the demons, he ordered to seal the son of Azazel, the strongest nephilim to date. And the dark lord, he can''t control the hell and raid the heaven if Lucifer is still alive. So he needed help. He told Alicia what Shiro really is, Alicia was shocked, but she doesn''t have any choice but to accept it. She''s not angry at Lucifer, because she knew Lucifer did it because of his love for them. It was that time, when Lucifer left Shiro. He left and go to hell to use his army, but at that time, the hell was even worser than before. He had to fix them all, Kuro was there, she was the acting lord for the time being when Lucifer is on his job, he never told Kuro that he had a son, that''s why Kuro didn''t know about Shiro''s father. But, Lucifer didn''t know that Kuro can''t handle an army of her own. In hell, there are two places. The upper hell, where Lucifer''s army is located, there he tortures the humans who were punished by God. By natural order. Just like him. The second part, the lower hell. Where Satan is located and his army of demons. Instead of torturing human souls, he transforms them into demons, and added them to his army. For six years he tried his best to fight against the charge of the dark lord upon the upper hell, and to not let any demon go outside of it, in order to protect Shiro, while Kuro is the one in-charge of protecting Shiro from the asmoriths and angels, along with the other powerful demons. The dark lord wanted more and more souls of humans, as he wants to raid the heaven. But if Lucifer was there, he can''t do it. So while Lucifer is gone, he attacked the upper hell again and again and again, but didn''t succeed in conquering, instead he made the whole hell worse. It was when Lucifer can''t hold the dark lord''s forces, he needed those demons that were observing Shiro. Those are one of the strongest demons he had in his army. So he called Kuro, he told her that she needs to be in personal contact with Shiro in order to let him know what really is happening, and by the time his father came back to tell him everything, he would believe. Lucifer was worried about Shiro, but he doesn''t know what to do, so he thought of something, and he remembered his wife. So he told Kuro to become his girlfriend. Since Shiro is already 17, he may have his own needs now. That''s all that happened, up to now. But Shiro didn''t believed his mom. "I don''t believe you, dad''s just a normal person. He''s not an angel or something. He''s just a stupid parent who can''t take care of his single son." Shiro said to his mom. "Shiro.. what I''m saying is true.. please believe your mother.. I''m telling the truth, why would I lie about that thing!?" she said as she held Shiro''s shoulders. "There''s just no wa-- As Shiro said that to her, he remembered that there were flying lights around her mother when she was praying. "Mother, what are those lights that was circling around you when you were praying?" Her mother was shocked, Shiro told her that he just got there but how did he know that, if he just got there, is what her mind tells her. "Lights? What lights?" she asked, it seems like she doesn''t know herself. Shiro thought of something. "Mom, try praying again. This time, don''t mind everything else, just pray." he said. Alicia was confused, but she still did it because it might let Shiro believe what she is saying. So Alicia started praying, and then small lights started to gather around her. Those are like the metals that were gathering around when Kuro and Mordecai transformed into their arcanas. Shiro was amazed. "This isn''t really normal." he said. He tried to touch Alicia that time, but the metals around her tried to slice his hand, giving him a small wound. He realized that those aren''t just light, those are protectors. They are protecting Alicia when she''s praying. He didn''t know if those things are still active even if she''s not praying anymore. But now, he believes a little bit in what her mother is saying. "It seems like... dad put them on you, mom." Shiro said. "Dad did?" her mom replied. "So.. do you believe in me now?" she said. Shiro can''t take it any more further, her girlfriend is a demon, now his father? He can''t believe it. But he''s got no choice, because sometime he will learn the truth. The truth about himself. The one who''ll destroy the world. - End of Chapter 5 - "Hes not coming back" After that night, mom and I went home. I visited Kuro on her room, looks like she was already asleep that time. I went back to my room, to think about things. I sat on my chair, at the place where I''ve first seen Kuro. I can''t believe what''s happening right now. Well, I should''ve said it the first time Kuro told me she was a demon. But, dad... he''s an angel... and not just any angel, he''s the ''morning star'', whom closest to God in ancient times. AHHH but it''s all right, everything will be all right. But, if I keep on pushing away my dad, he will may never come back in our house again. I... honestly... I want him to come back... but I also want to tell him those things so that he can feel the pain I had felt when he disappeared. I also need to stop closing myself to my family, I should start opening more to mom and my siblings. Because one day or another, I maybe can never see them again. Remember the fight with Zecharias? That''s hardly even a fight y''know! And I couldn''t guarantee that my dad will show up again, he also told me that he''s doing things to protect me, so I should be careful not to involve myself in any danger. About mom, I should start helping her in the house, and I should start eating with them too, it''s not a hard thing, actually I want to do that for a very long time, eating with your mom, and your siblings... and your dad. But that stupid old man ain''t going home any time, so that would be impossible. About Kuro... yeah, I should take her off to somewhere tomorrow, I should pay her back on what she did to protect me, even if she said it was reckless, because she didn''t know where she teleported me. But it''s all right, I''m still grateful to her, without her that time, I would be dead by now. Ah, I should sleep now, we still got classes tomorrow. So, I went to my bed and sleep. As I fell asleep, I started dreaming. It was all dark, and I can''t see anything. I was all alone, walking with a light around me, but I still couldn''t see anything. And then I heard a voice said; "Shiro-kun... Shiro-kun..." it was a familiar voice. I think I''ve heard it from somewhere. It''s a sweet voice honestly, calling my name, it is a perfect little thing for me, it made me happy. But as I keep on walking, the voice gets louder and louder, I loved it, so I ran, and the voice gets louder and louder and louder and louder-- "SHIROOO-KUUUUUN! IT''S ALREADY MORNIIIIING! WAKE UP ALREADY!" I was startled, I woke up and panted like it''s the end of the world. As I turn around, I saw her pouting and giving me angered looks. She was so cute. I just want to cuddle her and rest myself on those chests. Oh btw, she''s got normal chest, and I love normal chests. "Shiro-kun is stupid¡­ I am waking you up but you just can''t stop dreaming! You were grinning also! What is it you''re dreaming huh!?" she said while holding my shirt like a gangster. "I-I was dreaming about you." I said. Kuro''s face then suddenly blushed as she stopped holding my neck, she sat down at where she was first sitting and there she looked like a pure maiden, damn I wish I have some kind of recorder here so that I can record this and show it to her when we marry. "W-What are you dreaming of Shiro-kun¡­?" she said shyly. DAAAAMN YOU''RE MELTING MY HEART! STOOOOOP! "A-Actually not a good one, but I heard your voice calling my name, and then-" She holds my shirt again and looked at me with angry eyes, and she started shaking me again. "THAT''S ME WHEN I''M WAKING YOU UP IDIOT!" Ah, I guess she''s got many different personalities. The bossy one, on where you should start following what she says, like on that time when we first met, she insisted that I should go to school like that, the second, the innocent one, like any other girl I knew she had something like this, she''s still innocent after all those years of living. Wait... how... old¡­ is¡­ she...? ISN''T SHE A DEMON!? THEN SHE MAY BE OLDER THAN ME! I stopped her hand from shaking me and held both her hands, I looked at her with worried eyes, she looks at me too, but she''s not staring, just taking a glance from time to time, her cheeks were red too, but I held her hand tightly and ask, "How old are you?" She punched me and I flew right outside the window behind me. "How dare you ask that to a girl!?" she said being angry. Ah yes, just like every girl, she does care about her age. Maybe she lived for centuries now, but that doesn''t really matter to me, I would still be attracted to her. Besides, she doesn''t act at her age at all, so all''s well. Wait why am I here in the ground? As I said that I saw myself on the ground, lying with dirt everywhere. I forgot to close my window, that would explain why is it so cold last night. After that, Kuro said sorry to me, of course forgave her, I was on the wrong that time. Anyways, last night I decided that I will be more open to them, so this morning, I''ll try to eat breakfast with them, with Kuro. "Midori! Kuma! Wake up now! Your brother is waiting for you!" I could swear mom said I''m waiting for them. But yeah, I wouldn''t want to eat breakfast just by myself and Kuro. I''d like to talk to them too, hehe. As I said that to myself, I heard the footsteps coming from the second floor, it was mom and my siblings. "B-Brother is waiting for us?" Midori said. As she came downstairs, the first thing that I saw is her long green curly hair.This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road. If you spot it on Amazon, please report it. "Whoa, brother is so handsome!" AIN''T I!? I LIKE THIS LITTLE MAN! Kuma said to mom. He''s got blonde hair, I see it''s curling up because of just waking up. He''s also smaller than Midori, they are real brothers and sisters. While me, the eldest one, can''t accept them until now. I''m not a good brother, am I? But even so, I will accept them, as my real sister and brother. "Good morning, Midori. Good morning, Kuma. Come now, let''s eat." I told them with a smile. Kuma smiled at me back and rushed towards me, he hugged me. "I thought I would never get to talk to brother like this again. I am so happy." He said while looking at me. "Sorry, Kuma. Brother had many problems, it''s up until now that I realized, I shouldn''t involve you in my problems. Because you didn''t do anything to me right? It''s my own problem so, why am I not talking to you and Midori too?" I asked him. But he didn''t understand any of it so he just nodded. What a naughty kid. Midori comes closer to me too, she smiled and said, "Good morning too, brother! I''m large now, look!" Wait, why large? Are you a cloth or something Midori-chan? "Ah, haha you really are. Also, it''s ''big'' not ''large'' okay?" I said while patting her head. "Now, now. Let''s eat our food now before they get cold." Mom said with a smile on her face. I see she is happy for us, thankfully. So, Kuma let me go and sat beside me, at my left side Kuro is sitting, it is a round table. Across is Midori, and right beside Kuma is where mom is sitting. There''s an empty space at the left side of Kuro. I remembered him, when will he be back? Ah, forget him. Maybe he''s busy. So, we ate our food and tell our goodbyes, "We will be going now!" We both said. "Take care~!" They replied. Kuro said she can teleport last time, but I want her not to get accustomed to that, she said she wanted to be like a human too, so we walked. This time, we''re not late so we can take our time walking. While walking, I asked her about various things. "Hey Kuro, is every demon as strong as you?" She replied, "No, I''m quite strong myself, I will be honest, I''m a general of a demon army." WHAT!? SHE''S A GENERAL? Now wonder why she''s so strong even if she faced two strong opponents last time. "It''s been thousands of years since I had my last fight with asmoriths, so I''m still getting used to it again. Back when I was in hell, my master left me his whole army, so I had to govern them all. But I couldn''t... so much for a general right... I wasn''t so sure why he appointed me that title, when I''m not good at strategies, only fighting strategies, the defense is what I''m bad at." She said. Wait. Waaait. WAIT. WAAAIT! T-THOUSANDS OF YEARS!? Then that means she is- Ah, age doesn''t matter to me anymore¡­ "Hey! Are you okay Shiro-kun!? You look pale!" She said. "I''m okay, I''m fine." I said with my soul going out of my body. I let out a sigh, and smiled at her. "You''re really full of surprises, Kuro. I''m glad you are my girlfriend, my life will surely become an interesting one, because of you." I said that to her, and her face blushed, she averted her gaze and replied, "M-Me too..." After that, I held her left hand and we walked to the station. She smiled at me, and we went to the school. At school, everything''s pretty normal. "Okay, sit down everyone, I will announce something." Teacher Shizu said. Then we all sat down, and she started talking. "As you all may know, tomorrow all of us teachers will go to an event outside the school, so everyone will take a one-day break tomorrow." My classmates shouted, "Yeah! Another time to play video games!" And like that. After school I plan on taking her with me on a cafe, but it seems like it will be happening tomorrow. We will have a whole day of break so it means longer time to go out. So the classes has ended, and we go back home. While walking towards the station, I told Kuro to stop for a moment and wait for me. I saw a store that sells accessories, I figured it is a good time tomorrow to give something to her, so I told her to wait. There are so many¡­ But there is a ring that''s piques my interest, there is a ring that is just like Kuro''s eyes. It has a red gem on it, it may be small but I think that will be enough for us right now. So, I bought it with the money that I have, I intended to buy new games for that money, but I forgot about it, as I was thinking about Kuro. "Sorry for waiting, let''s go now." I told her. Then we walked, and we rode the train, it''s pretty crowded, maybe because it''s rush hour, so Kuro and I are so close to each other. Kuro''s height is small, her head is as high as my shoulder, and that makes her cute. As the train gets tighter and tighter, so is her grip on my chest. It made my heart beat so fast, as I could feel her breath in my chest, her head leaning on it, and her body so close to mine. This may be weird but I am getting turned on by just that, I see that her face is blushing too. "Hey, are you okay? Your face is blushing red, what happened?" I asked to tease her, but I already know that it is because she''s embarrassed. But she didn''t answer, she''s breathing so fast, and her breath is hot, does she have some kind of fever!? I stopped on holding the bars and held her face, I put my forehead unto hers, "You have a fever, Kuro." I told her. She''s getting tired. Maybe because of the crowd. Oh, I remembered something. She waited for me to wake up last day right? That''s like, four to three hours. I don''t know, maybe not because of that but that''s the only possible explanation right now. So, after we rode the train, I carried her like a princess towards our house. I should''ve went to the gym¡­ I even barely made it to home! I was panting so much because she''s so heavy, with that height, that''s not normal. I told mom to take care of her, as I am a boy and I don''t know how to take care of people when they are sick. I went back to my room, and talked to myself. "Ah, it''s a waste. But at the same time, a good time too. Kuro will have some time to rest." But I really wanted to go on a date with her, but I guess there''s no choice, I have to wait for 2 days. Tomorrow is Wednesday, and it''s a break, so two days before Saturday. Ah, let''s just play some games. Though I said that, but I fell asleep right after playing one game. When I wake up, it was still early in the morning, 6:20 in the clock, so I go to Kuro''s room to check on her. Her fever is still high, I think she wouldn''t be able to go out this day. I held her cheeks, and I kissed it. "Get well soon, because we''ll have our first date when you got better, okay?" I said that to her, but I''m confused, could demons have a fever? Aren''t they stronger beings than humans? Then that means, that her fever isn''t a normal one, she can''t even talk to us properly, that means someone gave her a fever, someone. But maybe, it''s just a normal fever. We don''t know so there''s no point in jumping to conclusions. What should I do today? I left Kuro''s room, and I went outside the house. I figured it''s a good time to go and see some places, the sun is still not rising, so it''s a bit cold. So, I went to the place where it is good to be at this time in the morning, the shore. When I asked mom about dad, she only told me that he is Lucifer, she didn¡¯t tell me anything except that. Well, maybe she would¡¯ve, but I didn¡¯t believe her. I''m so stupid, ain''t I? Ah, look at this view. As I walk towards the shore, I saw the bright, beautiful sky. It was blue at the top, but at the bottom, it is starting to become orange-ish because of the sun. Now maybe you¡¯re asking yourself, how did I know about this place, when I was just a shut-in otaku? Well, dad told me. That this place is where she met my mother. It was beautiful to see, just like mom. He told me many years ago before he left about this place. He would always brag about how beautiful it is, and now that I see it, I can finally say that he¡¯s right. ¡°I hope you could see this, dad.¡± As I said that, the sun slowly rises and covered all the blue sky above, turning it into a splendid view, that even an angel like Lucifer, was amazed. But after seeing it for a few seconds, I heard someone say something at my back. ¡°He¡¯s not coming back.¡± Eh? Who¡¯s that? As I turn around, I saw a girl. I think she was at the same height as Kuro. She has a blonde hair, and red eyes. She¡¯s wearing my school¡¯s uniform, but I didn¡¯t know who she was. That was when¡­ ¡°Haa... haaaaa...HAAAAHH¡­ HAAAA!!!¡± I felt intense pain in my chest, it feels like something is tearing my chest apart. I am feeling so scared, but there¡¯s nothing around me that I should be scared off, even so I am so afraid that I want to just jump to the water, just to escape from that feeling. My body feels so crumbled, I feel like I was being crushed by a giant rock. I can¡¯t stop screaming, I felt so much pain. It was when she, the girl who told me that my dad''s not coming back went to where am I. When I looked up, I saw her smiling. ¡°W-Who are you¡­?¡± I said. She smiled, I now know where is that fear coming from, it was from her. My chest can¡¯t handle the fear, that¡¯s why it feels like it is tearing apart. She put her face right into my head, and she whispered something in my ear. ¡°I am Sanata, the demon lord.¡± ¡°SHIRO-KUN!¡± - End of Chapter 6 - "I just want to show him how much I love him" "Shiro-kun!¡± I shouted with all of my heart. But, no one heard me. I was in a dark place, alone. "Shiro-kun! Where are you!?" I tried to find him, but I couldn''t. Not in this place. At first, when master told me to observe him, I was confused. I don''t know what are your connections with him. But even so, I did what he ordered me too. I was watching you everyday, how you play with yourself, because no one would play with you. They liked kids who''re cool, smart, and strong. You, you''re just a normal one. There is nothing special about you. But still, I know that inside of you, something is making you important. I wanted to know what is that, I wanted to know how could you still be yourself even after you were bullied. You see, when you were bullied I almost lost my control. Master said to observe and protect you from beings, and I know that humans are included too. But no, humans are just humans. They make fun of someone who''s inferior to them, they would stand up because they have power. But you, you are different. You stood up even if they keep on pushing you down. You didn''t fought them back because you know that they will just come back and do you more harm. I know, you are different from humans. You loathed your father for leaving. But even so, you wanted to tell him to come back. You wanted to tell him that you miss him. You wanted to tell him that you were angry at him. You wanted to tell him all that. I was amazed, for a kid like you to think like that. People hated demons, because that''s what the church taught them, demons are bad. But you, when someone asked you in the net, "If you would be reincarnated, what would you like to be?" And you answered, "A demon. Because demons are free. They aren''t pinned down to an order that they should follow all of their life, like the angels." That, truly amazed me. Ever since then, I''ve always wanted to talk to you. It was at that time, when master called. He said I should be in personal contact with you, and it made me very happy but confused at the same time. I don''t know how to approach you, I don''t know how to talk to you. So, I waited for two weeks. For years I''ve only been watching you outside your house, on your window. And those two weeks, I''ve already been watching you inside your room. I tried to think of a way on how to introduce myself to you, but I couldn''t think of something. It also annoyed me when you always forget to shut-down your computer. Every night, your mom checks on you after you fell asleep. She always said sorry to you when you''re asleep. It made me think, just how can you not notice what your mom has been doing to you? It annoyed me also when your mom asked you if you would be going to school. She always made your lunch, ever since you were a kid. And when the first day of school, she made your ''teen-ager lunch set'' with a matching smiley face egg on top of your food. But you said you don''t want to go. You annoyed me so much you know? I know you''re better than that. So I thought of something, and finally. I got some good reasons to appear right in front of you. At first, it made me anxious whether you will be believing me or not, but I got no choice, I already talked. But as the time goes by, I knew you weren''t that bad as a person. It made me like you a tiny little bit, Shiro-kun. So please, wherever you are right now. Please be safe. I want to kiss you, to hug you more, to love you. I want to be a real girlfriend to you. Because you deserved it, because you''re a good person. Shiro-kun... I love you. *Cracks* A crack can be heard from Kuro''s body. It seems like the curse that the dark lord gave her was lifted. It was at that time when Shiro bought a gift, an old woman came to Kuro and asked her for some food, but Kuro didn''t have any.This story has been stolen from Royal Road. If you read it on Amazon, please report it So, she bought something on a nearby store. The woman gave gratitude by kissing her, not knowing it was a curse given by the dark lord herself. As she starts to wake up, she''s already feeling the aura of darkness that''s coming from the shore. And she realized, "Shiro-kun!" She quickly activated her arcana and teleported to that place. ¡°I am Sanata, the demon lord. They also call me ''the dark lord'', feel free to use what you like, because whatever you call me, I will always be the lord of hell.¡± Demon Lord!? That Satan!? Why is she here!? There''s just no way that I''m going to live, now. As Shiro''s hope crumbles, Sanata was getting closer and closer to Shiro. And then, a crimson bullet was shot from above towards Sanata. Sanata didn''t dodge or blocked it, but it was deflected, instantly. ¡°Dark Lord!¡± A shout was heard from above, it was from Kuro. Kuro was flying at that time. The dark lord smiled. ¡°Oh, my. The demon general, Zenainiel, was it?¡± Kuro descends to the ground and said, "What did you do to Shiro-kun?" Sanata said, ¡°I did nothing, I simply stands at his back, and when he turned around voila, that happened to him.¡± "Your aura... that''s it. That''s what making Shiro-kun sick, and me too. You make me sick." Sanata''s eyes became full of light, she was happy that she heard that. "That''s it! I want those! Those emotions, ugh, how I love those so much." Sanata said to herself with a crazed attitude. Kuro was giving Sanata a ''Is she crazy?'' look with her eyes. "So, why did you come here? Aren''t you locked away in hell? By master?" Kuro said to her, but Sanata answered with a laugh. "Did you really think that I would be sealed by your master? He even barely made it, he even asked an angel to help!" Sanata said while ridiculing Lucifer. Kuro''s eyes were full of anger. But she suppressed it. Sanata, she''s manipulating everything, even just by talking. As her enemy feel anger, hatred and despair, her powers grows larger. And those feelings blinds away the sight of her enemies, making them unable to think straight. "A demon like you, no, you''re not a demon anymore. You''re like a god. You rival him in power. Of course master needed help. He wouldn''t be able to lock you down all by himself even if he tried. But, let me ask you. If you''re all that powerful, then why didn''t you do attack us yourself? Back when master is not around?" Kuro asked her, trying to get any information that would lead her to any of Sanata''s weakness. "I just didn''t like it." Sanata replied. "Didn''t like what?" "I didn''t like murdering thousands of useless demons while their master isn''t around, to be honest I would love to be their new master, but Altair just won''t let me. Oh, by the way he''s my butler. But I left him in hell. He would always tell me what''s the right thing to do when it comes to people." Sanata replied. "Then, tell us why you are here." Kuro said. "I visited you today to warn you, about the coming of the armageddon. I suppose, you know what that means, right?" Kuro was surprised, she didn''t expect a mortal enemy of her master to go and warn them for armageddon. "By the way, tell your master this; "The dark lord will be back, and when that time comes, she wants you to be there. So that she can fight you again, without any cheap tricks." Sanata told Kuro. Kuro was speechless. She knows that her master is strong, but compared to Sanata, he''s just like a normal angel. Sanata then smiled at both of them, she looked at Shiro in his eyes. "I... will take you someday. And when that time comes, we will raid the heaven." "I will not let you." Kuro answered her. The aura of fear and despair that unable Shiro to stand up was gone, so he stood up and asked Sanata, "Why do you want to destroy the heaven?! What is the merit you will gain after you do that?!" Sanata gave a farewell smile, and walked towards the water, but just before her body become covered with all of the water she turned around and said, "I just want to show him how much I love him." And then she vanished. Shiro was surprised at what she had said. Kuro immediately run towards Shiro. She hugged him tightly. "Shiro-kun... I''m sorry... I was sick... if I wasn''t, then maybe I could- Shiro hugged her back. "It''s all right now, she''s gone. I really was afraid. I never felt anything like that before, it was as if the whole world''s evilness was concentrated to you. But now that you''re here, I am no longer afraid. You faced the demon lord all by yourself, you really are strong, Kuro." Kuro cried. Aren''t Shiro supposed to be crying? But for real, Kuro is more afraid than him. Because Kuro is afraid of losing him. While crying, Kuro was also having some mixed thoughts right now. She wants to kiss Shiro, while at the same time she''s sad for him, being alone with the demon, that''s what her thoughts are like. But all those vanished, when Shiro told her to look at the sky. It was all so beautiful, they can''t stop looking at it. The bluish sky above, with the yellow sun across the horizon, it is a very splendid view for both of them. And you see, this was like the time when Lucifer and Alicia promised their love with each other. Kuro was still looking above, but Shiro stopped looking at it a while ago, because he found another beautiful thing to look at. Kuro. The bright light touches Kuro''s skin, and made her crimson armor glow more is what made Shiro stare at her. Kuro noticed it, so she undid her arcana. But she forgot that she''s only wearing panties and bra so she slapped Shiro. *slap* "Stupid Shiro-kun!!!" "But you''re the one who undid it! It''s not my fault that I saw your..." "It is because you''re staring at me! It made me uncomfortable!!" Shiro laughed. "You really are a demon." And smiled. "What was that suppose to mean!?" "Ah! Don''t slap me again!" And so, that is how they met the demon lord Sanata. But the story isn''t ending yet, folks. At the parallel world, the floating palace. Alagahad. At where Azazel resides. Azazel plans to join the armageddon, to try and kill Lucifer, or capture his son. He''ll use Shiro''s power to conquer the heaven, and take back what they should''ve. Up above the world, in heaven. The strongest of archangels, Michael is controlling all the angels for now. The reason is because God ordered him to purge the world of darkness, it means to clean the world of evil and only the good ones will be able to stay in the world. God loved us all, but as time passes by we forget about him, and we do bad things frequently now. So, he threw away his love for us and ordered his angel to purge the world. Using the nephilim''s power. He is a creator, but he is not a destroyer. He could create more good humans, but there will always be bad ones. While deep down in hell, at where the dark lord resides. Sanata sat on her throne. With a smile on her face. "This''ll be fun, right?" A man was walking towards her, at her front. "What will be the fun, milord?" "Nothing. Altair, prepare the demons. I will do one last thing that will make the whole world break." Sanata said. "Yes milord." "Too bad, I can''t get that boy. Well, I could but that girl is persistent. Ah, this really will give me some fun." Shiro and Kuro went back home, but Shiro gave Kuro his shirt, so he''s naked. They are at the front of the house now. "It''s freezing..." he said. "It''s your fault, don''t complain." Kuro replied. "How is it my fault that you forget your clothes?" "It''s because you left by yourself, idiot!" As they are opening the door, they heard voices of people laughing inside. And there they are, Midori and Kuma, along with their mother eating their breakfast. With them is a man, a handsome man with white hair striking upwards. They noticed Shiro and Kuro, so they greeted them. "Oh, your home now Shiro? Where did you go with your girlfriend?" The man said. And Shiro didn''t answer, because his eyes can''t believe what he is seeing. "Fa...ther?" - End of Chapter 7 - "So, where should I start teaching?" ¡°Fa¡­ther?¡± Shiro said. ¡°Father¡­?¡± Kuro repeated it with a wondered expression. As she looked inside, she saw Lucifer eating with Midori, Kuma and Alicia. ¡°Ma-Master!?¡± she shouted. Kuro didn¡¯t know that Lucifer was Shiro¡¯s dad, she didn''t know what are his master¡¯s connections with Shiro, and Shiro didn¡¯t said anything when he learned that Lucifer was his father. While Shiro knew that Lucifer is Kuro¡¯s master, he didn¡¯t know that Kuro didn¡¯t realized it. Shiro looked at Kuro, he gave a ¡°What?¡± look. ¡°What do you mean Kuro? I thought you already knew about him?¡± Shiro told her. ¡°Lucifer¡­ is your father?¡± Kuro said while having an embarrassed look. Shiro nodded, and Kuro was laughing. ¡°Hehe, I don¡¯t have any idea.¡± And smiled. Lucifer waved his hand and talked to them. "Come on in, you¡¯ll get cold if you stay there too long. Also, wear something please.¡± Lucifer said. Midori was covering her eyes while laughing. Kuma is laughing at Shiro¡¯s body. ¡°Ahh! Brother¡¯s naked!¡± Midori said. ¡°Brother is so thin!¡± Kuma said while pointing at Shiro¡¯s body. ¡°Now, now. Come in now Shiro, let¡¯s eat.¡± Alicia said with a smile. Shiro was embarrassed, so he covered his body with his hands. Kuro was laughing at his back. ¡°Hoy! Don¡¯t laugh!¡± he said to her while walking inside the house. ¡°I can¡¯t help it, even the kids know that you really are thin, Shiro-kun.¡± Kuro went to her room to get clothes, she¡¯s just wearing an oversized t-shirt so it covered both her bra and her panties. While Shiro went to his room also to get some clothes. After that, they both went down to the stairs and joined the others. ¡°Shiro, where did you go?¡± Alicia asked Shiro, she was wondering where did he went earlier. ¡°Ah¡­ I went to the shore to see the sun. Kuro accompanied me after.¡± He replied. ¡°Hm, okay. I¡¯m glad you¡¯re okay now Kuro. Yesterday you had a fever, I had to take care of you because your condition is bad at that time. Shiro had to carry you home because you collapsed on the train.¡± Alicia told Kuro. Kuro was wondering how she got that fever, she didn¡¯t eat anything cold except some ice cream. But, there¡¯s no point in thinking about now. She¡¯s okay now, that¡¯s all that matters to her. ¡°I don¡¯t know how I got a fever, but I¡¯m okay now. Thank you for taking care of me, Alicia-san.¡± ¡°You should also thank Shiro. He¡¯s the one who carried you here.¡± Alicia said. Kuro was somewhat shy, maybe because she¡¯s making fun of Shiro earlier. But she still said thanks to him, and it made Shiro happy. Shiro was staring at Lucifer the whole time, he was giving him looks like, ¡°Why are you here?¡± and ¡°What is the meaning of this?¡± and Lucifer only answered with a smile and gave him a look with an ¡°I¡¯ll explain later.¡± Expression. So, they ate their breakfast and went to their own rooms. Midori and Kuma has classes today, so they and Alicia went to the bathroom to take a bath. Shiro and Kuro doesn¡¯t have any classes today, so it¡¯s perfect for Lucifer and Shiro to talk. Kuro, Lucifer, and Shiro were the only ones who were left at the table that time. Shiro took a glance at Lucifer while drinking his water. And Lucifer started to talk. ¡°So, when do you plan to marry each other?¡± Shiro bursted out the water he was drinking, and Lucifer laughed. ¡°Ma-Master¡­ what do you mean¡­?¡± Kuro asked Lucifer while blushing. Shiro looked at Lucifer with a pissed look, and continued his drinking. ¡°I mean, you have done things like ¡®that¡¯ right?¡± Shiro bursted out the water again, now that¡¯s a lot of water. ¡°D-Dad! Stop that!¡± Shiro told him while cleaning the water on the table. ¡°Haha, I was just kidding. But it seems like Kuro wanted ¡®that¡¯ to happen. Right, Kuro?¡± Kuro was blushing red that time, she was so embarrassed so she ran upstairs to her room. Shiro called her but she didn¡¯t turn around. Shiro gave Lucifer a ¡°You done now?¡± with sharp eyes. ¡°Son, I heard Sanata came.¡± He said. Shiro was surprised, ¡°How did you know?¡± he asked him. ¡°How did I know? Well, I¡¯m her archrival. I can sense her everywhere. Even if she had completely hidden her aura, I will always know where the hell she is.¡± He said with an angered expression. Shiro were somewhat amazed at him, but at the same time disappointed. ¡°You¡¯re too late, old man.¡± ¡°Yeah. I¡¯m sorry.¡± They looked at each other for a while. And then laughed. ¡°So, what did you come here for?¡± Shiro asked him. ¡°Isn¡¯t that obvious? I wanted to see my wife and my son.¡± Shiro was pissed, so he smashed the table. ¡°Ah.. it hurts¡­¡± he said while holding his right hand because of the pain. But he collected his senses and continued what he wanted to say. ¡°You should¡¯ve just went see us anytime you want. You¡¯re really getting old." Lucifer laughed. ¡°That can¡¯t be, I¡¯m only four thousand years old.¡± Shiro became silent for a few seconds. "Luci-- But just before he completed the word he''s saying, Lucifer stopped him. "You can call me dad, no, I insist on you calling me dad." He said. Shiro was amazed and at the same time annoyed. After what he had said to his dad last time, he figured he can never call him dad again so instead he used Lucifer''s first name, but Lucifer knew it so he told Shiro that he wanted to be called ''dad''. "Then, dad it is. First of all, I''m sorry about what I had said to you last time, I was angry with you. When you suddenly appear I was surprised, I couldn''t think straight, and at the same time I was angry at you so, I did not mean it. I''m sorry." Lucifer gestured a ''settle down'' with his hand. "I deserve it, I left you. Forgive me too, son." Shiro smiled, "You''ve been forgiven." The father and son atmosphere covered the whole dining table, but it suddenly changed into a serious mood when Shiro told Lucifer what Sanata had told him. "That woman... Hah! She never cease to amaze me. Nevermind that, did she tell you anything except that?" Shiro thinks for a second and gestured an ''Ah!'' with his finger. "Yeah, I remember she said something about armageddon or something." Lucifer''s eye sharpened. "Armageddon, a phenomenon that happens when a nephilim is born. Though this time, it didn''t happen. Because no one sensed the nephilim until now." Shiro was confused. "Ah, if I remember Kuro told me something about nephilims too. So, who''s the nephilim?" Lucifer looked straight at Shiro. Shiro said, "What?" And Lucifer facepalmed. "So, how can a nephilim be born?" Lucifer asked Shiro. "If I remember... an angel and a human must have a child, and that child is what we... call... a... nephilim..." He stood up with his hands on the table. "I''m the nephilim?!" Lucifer nodded. "Then... that explains it! Why the asmoriths attacked me, why they talked about capturing me, and why Sanata told me that she will be going to take me back!" Lucifer nodded again and he realized about what Shiro said at the last sentence so his head hit the table. "Sanata said what?! Ah... that''s a problem. Good thing Kuro was there, if she wasn''t, then maybe we wouldn''t be talking in here, right now." Shiro said, "I should thank Kuro properly later, but now, what should we do? All the beings are targeting me, and I don''t even have any power!" "Don''t worry son, you got a hell of a power. I''ll give you some, and make Kuro teach you about the basics. I will also ask an angel to teach you, I couldn''t do it because I will prepare things at hell." Shiro became confused more. But he accepted. "So, what about this armageddon? What does a nephilim do in it?" Shiro sat down to listen. "It is a war, a war in which whoever gets the nephilim shall be the victor. The last armageddon was thousands of years ago, Kuro was there. The angels of that time doesn''t have any reason to take the nephilim, but they knew that it will destroy the earth so they want to take him to heaven to either seal him or use him as a seraphim. The demons on the other side are my demons and Sanata''s. Sanata wanted to take the nephilim, so she sent her demons. I was there, but I only ordered Kuro to be the one who''ll fight the nephilim because I know she can. The reason why, is the same as the angels. That nephilim is going to destroy the world, and if even if the angels captured him and make him a seraphim, he would still be able to wreak havoc when he had the chance. That''s why killing is the only way. Ah, by the way. The asmoriths are called asmoriths because when they had their offsprings, God cursed them. So they became asmoriths and unable to have their offsprings again. It was at the time of Noah, but a few years after that is the time when the nephilim who''s strong as an archangel was born." Shiro listened carefully, but he didn''t understand any of it. "The nephilim''s father is Azazel. And Kuro was the one who took it down, she killed the nephilim. Not mentioning the nephilim''s strength was about the strenth of an archangel, since Azazel is a high-ranked angel." Shiro''s jaw dropped, he saw Kuro fight but only little of it, so he doesn''t know how strong Kuro is. The fight with Mordecai is the example, she uses only her strength execpt for some spells. "Then that means Kuro is stronger than a nephilim?" He asked Lucifer. "Kuro indeed is strong, but the reason she took it down is because it doesn''t know much about the demons, and how to kill them. Even though the nephilim matured instantly, he still lacks the knowledge of the world, and that''s how Kuro took him down." Shiro was having second thoughts on Kuro being his girlfriend, he''s scared of her now. But he realized something. "Wait... you said the nephilim matured instantly. Why didn''t that happen to me?" He asked Lucifer. Lucifer smiled.The author''s tale has been misappropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon. "I took all of your power just before you were born. Just before your power manifested in the world, I have already taken it." Shiro is starting to learn one by one the reasons and explanations of why is he here now. "Armageddon... do you know when will that happen?" Shiro asked Lucifer. Lucifer replied, "About 2 months from now." "2 months?! That''s way too early! I don''t know how to fight, hey! Do you know anything about how to stop this armageddon?" "Don''t worry about the fighting part, I''ll let Kuro teach you about the basics, and another angel will teach you too." "Why another angel? Why don''t you teach me yourself?" Lucifer taps the table with his fingers. "I have to do something in hell, if I don''t come back the demons will so something stupid again. They follow me yes, but only because they are scared. When I''m not around, usually I give the job to Kuro, but she''s here so I need to go back. Sorry." Shiro became sad. But, he said to himself that it''s okay. "I understand, you''re not just a normal father. You have your duties to attend to. I should be glad that you stayed here for a while." Lucifer regretted that he can''t teach him. He honestly would teach him but his duties doesn''t let him. The reason Lucifer chose Kuro to stay with Shiro is because they have better connection and better relation than him, also Kuro would have problems ordering the demons if she had gone back to hell. "Now, now. Be happy, son. I''ll stay for a bit longer, so we could talk more." Shiro smiled, "I''d be more happy if you spend your time more on my other siblings, they lost both their parents, and I still have you so, you should spend more time than them. Also, I have already forgiven you, I was just sad because you can''t teach me. But I''m not angry at you or something, so don''t worry." That would seem unreasonable, because he needs Lucifer''s time the most. But he still chose his siblings instead of him because they lost more than what he had lost. "Then that''s it. But, if you need me, don''t hesitate to tell me. Okay?" Shiro gestured an ''okay'' sign with his hand and replied, "Okay!" Too. Shiro remembered that he wanted to take Kuro on a date, so he told Lucifer that he is going to do something and went to his room. Kuro on the other side was embarrased because last time, she asked Alicia about the thing called love, and what comes after. Marriage, sex, and children. She was innocent even after living for thousands of years. She buried her face in her pillow while trying to stop thinking about ''that'', but her wild mind just can''t do it. "Children with Shiro-kun... heh... heh..." She said while panting. Then someone suddenly knocked on her door. "Kuro? Are you there? Can we talk?" It was Shiro. Kuro exploded because of embarrasment, she even thought about this man having children with her, and now there he is. She stood up while looking at the ground and slowly went towards the door. She opened the door slowly, she saw Shiro looking at her with a wondered expression. "What happened to you? Are you having some kind of fever again?" Shiro touched Kuro''s shoulder, and she became dizzy. Shiro thought that she was having a fever again so he carried Kuro to her bed. There he looked at Kuro, she was beautiful, he said to his mind. He looked at Kuro''s body. He didn''t notice that Kuro was wearing a skirt, her legs are white, they are beautiful, he thought. Her chest, partnered with a mixed color of yellow, red, green and blue was the best thing Shiro had seen at this time. He''s having mixed thoughts about her now, he wanted to take care of her this time, but she looked so beautiful that he wanted to gaze at her till she wakes up. And Kuro was panting at that time, her face was red, and her hand was at her chest. Shiro was about to burst out at that time, he didn''t know what to do. But Kuro''s condition is what matters to him, so instead of just looking at her he moved his face close to Kuro and put his forehead unto hers, she really was having a fever but not a real fever, she''s just embarrased and got dizzy because of her wild mind. Shiro looked at her face. He said, "Too close..." While looking at her face. He wants to kiss her, so slowly he moves his lips towards her. And when they were just about to kiss, a voice came from outside the room. "Kuro-chan, the bath is ready-- It was Alicia. "Oh, my. Sorry for interrupting, continue what you two are doing." She said while putting her hands in her mouth. Shiro shouted, "A-Ah... This is not what you think! She''s having a fever! That''s why I''m checking her forehead!" Alicia smiled and replied, "Now, now. Don''t be shy, we''re like that too when we are young." and laughed. Shiro became hopeless. "I should go now. Enjoy~" Alicia told him. Then she closed the door and left Shiro hanging. Shiro looked at Kuro, she was still having a so called ''fever''. Shiro was pissed so he pinched Kuro''s cheeks. "It''s your fault that mom is misunderstanding us now, so let me pinch you until you wake up." and he continued pinching. Kuro wakes up after a few pinching and she saw Kuro doing it. "W-W-What are you doing Shiro-kun?!" she asked. "I''m angry at you." Shiro said while pouting. "Why?" Kuro asked. "Mom saw us, about to kiss. I was just checking your fever with my forehead, but she thought we were kissing." Shiro replied. Kuro was embarrassed again, but this time she said sorry to Shiro. "Let''s just clear the misunderstanding later okay?" She said to him. Shiro looked at her and nodded, then he held Kuro''s hands. Kuro was confused, she didn''t know what to do, she thought Shiro would do something to her so she''s panicking. "Ahh... Shiro-kun... I think I''m not ready... can we please do it at another time...?" she asked. Shiro gave a wondered expression. "What do you mean? I was just going to ask you for a date later since it''s our break today." he replied. Kuro replied with an "Eh?" expression. Her face was blank. "So, would you go out on a date with me, Kuro?" Shiro asked her politely while sitting at the bed. Kuro can''t answer because she''s having an embarrasment attack again, but she nodded. A yes for Shiro. Shiro smiled, and then he hugged Kuro. Kuro doesn''t even know what to do anymore, so she let him do that. "Kuro, our date will start on five at the evening, so get ready before that okay?" Shiro told her. "Ah, where are we going then?" Kuro asked. Shiro smiled and said, "That''s a secret." After that, he kissed Kuro''s forehead and told her to rest, for she still has some heat on her body. Oh yeah. Then Shiro left Kuro''s room. Kuro buried herself on her blanket. "Idiot Shiro-kun..." she said. Shiro went to his room to prepare his things. But he remembered that he doesn''t have any coat or suit, because he only wears his school uniform, and doesn''t go outside the house. "Ah... this''ll be a problem... Wait. I know someone who wears a suit." Shiro went down the stairs, only to find his father circling his stomach with his hands. "Dad, can I borrow your suit?" Shiro asked with a serious expression. Lucifer was surprised, "Yes you can, why do you need it?" "Ah... I have a date..." Lucifer realized it, and he closed his eyes. "I know, I know. It''s all right, we''re just like that too." Just what kind of parents are they both? Shiro told himself. Lucifer clicked his fingers, and when he did that a suit and pants appeared at the front of Shiro. He took it and said thanks to Lucifer. He went upstairs after that. Lucifer looked at him go and said, "My, my. He sure had grown up." and smiled. So, everything was set, he only needed to wait for the time. So, he played games and browsed the internet until the time comes. He wore the suit his dad gave him and his pants, while he used the red necktie that he bought a long time ago. He saw an envelope inside it''s pocket. It has money on it. "That old man." he said. Kuro and Shiro didn''t see each other for a while after Shiro had asked her. He wondered why. Kuro went to Alicia and asked her about what to do, Alicia told her that she needs to wear something beautiful to make Shiro happy. She was hesitating at first but she accepted it when Alicia said that she will look beautiful in it. Then, Shiro went downstairs. It is already 5:03, and he knew Kuro would be late for a few minuites. So, he went to Kuro''s room. He saw Midori and Kuma standing outside of it. When they saw Shiro, they pushed him downstairs and told him to wait. Shiro was confused, "What was that all about?" he asked himself. He sat down the couch, to wait for her. The house looks like this, the dining table is at the center of the house, while the couch that he was sitting is at the other side of the room, the tv was there too. The stairs is at the back of the dining table, while the door is at the front. Shiro sat there, and he was getting nervous. He planned it just now while he''s playing games, he searched for places that''s quite good to go, and thankfully there''s a restaurant that''s not that far. So, after waiting for a few minutes, finally Kuro came down the stairs. Shiro can hear the footsteps that she was making, she''s wearing heels. Shiro turned around, and he saw Kuro. Kuro was wearing a red gown. It has sparkles all over it. She''s wearing red lipsticks, and red earrings too. Her heels were red too. It was all Alicia''s belongings. She let Kuro borrow it all, and she''s also the one who put Kuro''s make up at her room earlier. After Kuro had stopped going down she slowly walked towards Shiro and said, "What is it?" with a bashful voice. Kuro didn''t know what to say so she asked him. Kuro made Shiro gulped, it was so delicious. What Shiro is seeing right now. "You look good. I''m happy." While they are both staring at each other, Lucifer and Alicia was looking at them. "That''s what I was wearing when we had our first date." Lucifer told Alicia. "That''s what I was wearing too. She looks beautiful, isn''t she?" Alicia replied. Lucifer nodded. Shiro stood up and asked Kuro if she wanted to hold hands with him. Kuro said yes, but with a condition. They would hold hands, but if Shiro let go of her hands then he will have a punishment. Shiro accepted the challenge. Then both of then went out the house and called a cab. The cab went to the place where Shiro had searched earlier, it was just like as he had seen on the computer. They went inside, and they saw couples having their dinner. Shiro called a waiter and the waiter guided them to their table. It was a restaurant that only couples go and spend their time. The food was good too, he saw from the reviews of the people. They sat down, but Shiro couldn''t let go of her hand. So, they were still holding hands while being across from each other. To be honest, Alicia was the one who told Kuro that condition. She said that if Shiro asked her to hold her hands then she would tell him that. Kuro was happy, but she thinks it''s a bother since they would be eating. So, she tried to let go of Shiro''s hands, but Shiro tightened his hand. Kuro was surprised. "Shiro-kun, it''s okay now. You can let go of my hand, I was just kidding." she said. But Shiro didn''t let go of it. Instead, he held her fingers. It made Kuro embarrassed but at the same time amazed. "If that''s what you want." She said. Then they ordered food. It wasn''t awkward like the other couples, it is because they are having fun too. They fed each other with their hands, luckily Kuro was left-handed, and Shiro was a right-handed, so them holding hands were just perfect. After they had eaten, they talked for a while. Then Kuro realized something. "Shiro-kun?" She said. "What is it?" Shiro replied. Kuro was having her doubts on whether is it really what Shiro wants, to have a date on a high class restaurant. "Are you enjoying this?" She asked him. Shiro smiled at her and said, "Yes, I love this." Kuro''s doubts were gone now. So, after they had eaten Shiro asked Kuro if she wanted to go and watch movies, Kuro doesn''t know what that does so she just agreed. While choosing movies, Shiro asked her what does she want to watch. And Kuro pointed a horror movie. It made Shiro jump a little, since he is afraid of horror. But, he didn''t tell it to Kuro and went to watch it. Inside, Shiro was covering his eyes with his right hand. While Kuro is enjoying the movie, Kuro noticed what Shiro is doing so she did it too. She wanted to know what that does. Shiro was shouting from time to time, and it made Kuro laugh. After the movie, Shiro was panting, it was like he ran a 10km track. Kuro just laughed at him. Shiro looked at her and said to himself, "As expected of a demon. She''s not scared of horror movies." Kuro just smiled when she noticed Shiro''s gaze. Kuro asked Shiro where are they going next, Shiro had ran out of ideas because those two places were the best places to take a girl out on a date, he saw on the internet. So, he told Kuro that they were going home now. But Kuro insisted on going somewhere for the last time. She still wants to enjoy her time with him, since it''s their break. Shiro thought of a place to go, and he remembered something. He told Kuro to follow him, while still holding her hands. They took a cab and went to the place where it''s crowded, noisy and flashy. Shiro took a large risk of bringing her here, but he didn''t mind it. Since he wanted her to have fun. So, he brought her to the amusement park. Kuro''s eyes brightened, she was happy. She loved the rides, the lights, and the people. Their clothes must be unproper, but they didn''t care about it. Shiro told Kuro to go wherever she wanted to go, so she ran towards the booth where they are shooting balls, and when you shoot a hundred of balls then you can get a stuff toy. Kuro tried it and shot the stuffed toy. The vendor told her to shoot the balls, not the stuff toy. But she couldn''t let the stuff toy go because she thinks it was cute. It is a white dog, with ribbon on it. Shiro told her to calm down, he took the gun and shot the balls with only one hand. Every single shot was fired, and every single ball was gone. "Playing FPS games helped a lot." he told himself. Then they chose the dog, and Kuro was drooling over it''s cuteness. Kuro was holding it using her left hand. Then he asked her again, but Kuro doesn''t know where should they go next. So, he told her to come with him. He took Kuro at the ferris wheel. It''s a big ferris, so it''s a bit slow. Perfect for Shiro''s plans. They rode the ferris, the scenery is beautiful. "You can see our house up here." Shiro told her. And then Kuro looked at where Shiro is pointing. When they stopped at the top, Shiro looked at Kuro. "Kuro." he told her. Kuro replied with a look, "What is it Shiro-kun?" Shiro then took out his gift, it is a ring. A ring with a red small stone on top of it. Kuro was surprised, she thought that Shiro was proposing to her, and it made her very happy. "Kuro, forgive me." Shiro said. Kuro was confused, "Why?" Shiro had let go of her hand, and kneeled in front of her. They were sitting next to each other, but he kneeled in front. "I broke the promise, I let go of your hand. So, I will gladly take the punishment. But, I did it because I had something to ask you." Kuro became silent at that time as she looked at Shiro''s eyes. "Can you please stay with me, forever?" He asked her. It was definitely a proposal. Kuro cried because of happiness, what she had thought turned out to be true at the end. Shiro took her left hand and put the ring at her ring finger. Shiro smiled at her. "So, what is my punishment?" he asked her. Kuro didn''t stop crying, but she moved her face unto Shiro''s, and kissed his lips with hers. Shiro was surprised, but he kissed her back. Shiro held Kuro''s face as they both kiss each other. After that, Kuro looked at him and said, "That''s your punishment. You idiot." she said as she stops sobbing. Shiro said back to her, "Then I would be happy if I get the same punishment again." and kissed her again. And just in time when the unit that they were riding stopped at the bottom. After that, they held each other''s hands and went back to their home. Before Kuro went to her room, he kissed Shiro again and told him goodnight. Shiro went to his room too. He saw Lucifer in there. "So, how did it go?" Lucifer asked him. "It was perfect." Shiro replied. Lucifer laughed and said, "Did you go to the amusement park?" Shiro was surprised, "Yeah, how did you know about that?" "Well, that''s what we did on our first date too. With your mom." Lucifer replied. Shiro laughed at how coincidentally is that, they also wore the same clothes that they were wearing when they had their first date. "So, I''m sorry to interrupt your fun. But I''m here to say goodbye." Shiro was somewhat surprised and sad. "Oh, is that so." He replied. Lucifer answered with a smile. He stood up and patted Shiro on his shoulders. "Don''t be gloomy son, you can do this." Shiro became happy, he was happy that finally, Lucifer acted like a father to him. "Oh, you can take care of the suit. I will tell Kuro to teach you about the basics tomorrow, and also the angel will come so, prepare okay?" He said with a smile. Shiro nodded, and said thanks. He hugged his dad, and Lucifer went out of the house. The next day, Kuro was waking up Shiro. As Shiro woke up, he saw the clock time. It was just 2 o''clock. He asked Kuro why did she wake him up, Kuro said that it is the best time to practice since the people are asleep. Shiro told her to wait for a minute as he fix himself up. Then, Shiro and Kuro went to the river. No car can be seen nor people at that time. So it''s really the perfect time. Kuro stood up at Shiro''s front and said, "First, I''ll teach you about sensing presences." Kuro then told Shiro to focus and close his eyes. She told him to feel the air, the breeze. As he do that he starts to feel something at his front. It was Kuro, she was emitting an aura. "Woah, that''s good." Shiro said. Kuro told him to do that again. So, he did it again. Closed his eyes, and feel the breeze. But what he felt the next time is not what he had expected. He thought Kuro would emit a stronger aura, but what he felt isn''t just a strong aura, and it isn''t coming from his front. It is from the sky. An aura that is so strong, it is just like Sanata''s but it doesn''t make him sick. Instead it makes him feel stronger. As he opened his eyes he saw a meteor coming down from a sky, he saw it and it was going down to the place where they are practicing. He saw that and told Kuro about the meteor, but Kuro didn''t mind it. The meteor was getting closer and closer, and it landed on Shiro''s back. The landing made a big crater, and a man appeared inside of it. "Damn that Lucifer, always asking me for help. Can''t he do things himself?" the man asked himself. Shiro''s eyes widened, "You''re..." The man looked at Shiro. "Oh, so you''re his son? Nice to meet you. I''m Raphael, Lucifer''s friend." Shiro was speechless, but be collected his senses and replied, "Raphael?! The archangel?!" The man nodded. "Yeah. So, Where should I start teaching?" - End of Chapter 8 - "Kuro, its okay now. I dont feel anything now." "So, where should I start teaching?" Raphael said while standing on the crater that he made. It made Shiro think. "Dad... You really are a lord, even an archangel is your acquaintance." Shiro told himself while smiling, he can''t believe what is happening right now. "Oi, he''s merely my acquaintance. I''m just helping him every time he asks for help." Raphael replied. "That''s the meaning of acquaintance!" Shiro answered. At Shiro''s back is Kuro, she knew about Raphael, actually... "Good morning, Raphael-san." Raphael looked at her, and waved his hand. "Good morning, milady. How are you?" He said and bowed to her. Kuro became shy because Shiro had seen Raphael bow to her... "R-Raphael''s bowing to Kuro?!" Shiro told himself. Shiro looked at Kuro with sharp eyes saying, "You got to explain this later." Kuro just laughed it all and answered Raphael. "I''m doing good Raphael-san, I''ve met a kind person, he was nothing like the other humans that I''ve met before. To me, he is like my king." Raphael clapped his hand and laughed. "Is it because he''s a Nephilim? That''s why he''s not like any other human?" Shiro realized that he was the one who are they talking about. "No, no. Even if he is a Nephilim, he''s still a human. But even so, he''s still my king. I''ll gladly sacrifice my life for him." Kuro said with her hand on her chest, her face blushing red, and her eyes shining. Shiro was embarrassed, "This is not the right time..." He told himself. But he couldn''t stop it because Kuro said that with all of her heart. "Then, what is Lucifer to you?" Raphael asked. "He''s my god." Shiro fell down to the ground. Then he laughed. "Ah, so that''s what it is huh." Shiro said with a smile on his face. After serving him for thousands of years, teaching her the true way of demons, being able to kill the Nephilim because of his lord''s trust, Lucifer is like a god to Kuro now. And Shiro understands it. Kuro looked at Shiro, and smiled. And then she continued their conversation. "So, Raphael-san. I was just teaching Shiro-kun the basics, would you mind if you teach him instead? I''ll help in some cases if needed." She said. The Demon General, Zenainiel. She may look like incompetent when talking about strategies and armies, but she really has some general-like spirit on her. The way she talks to others, the way she expresses her position to other beings, is very general-like. "Then I''ll do it. Thank you for your generosity, milady. Let me take care of this since that stupid angel told me to do it." Raphael told her while clenching his fists out of anger. Shiro looked at him and he told himself, "Just what kind of a relationship you two have?" With his eyes wondering. After that, Kuro walked away from Shiro. Raphael walked towards Shiro, with serious eyes. "I''ll teach you about sensing presences first, since milady already taught you some of it. Oh, and if you''re wondering how can you do that, don''t worry. I''ll teach you like there''s no tomorrow. Also, there is no turning back and giving up on this one. Once you resolve yourself to the test then you need to finish it. If you''re just going to give up then better back out now." Raphael said with a strict attitude. Shiro gulped. "This''ll be a hard one..." Raphael held Shiro''s shoulder with his right hand. He put some angelic power on his hand, Shiro felt it. The feeling is like receiving a sensation that will make you fall asleep. "Did you feel that, kid?" Raphael asked him, still touching Shiro''s shoulder. Shiro replied with a sleepy tone, "Ah... yes..." Raphael smiled and tightened his grip on Shiro''s shoulder. "Then how about this?" He put immense angelic power on Shiro''s shoulder, making Shiro fall asleep on Raphael''s chest. Kuro walked towards Shiro, and she held both Shiro''s shoulders. When she did that, Shiro suddenly wakes up, with pain in his eyes. "AHHHH!!" He screamed. He was still panting when he realized that Kuro is touching his shoulders. "What was that all about?" He asked Kuro who were smiling at that time. "That''s demonic power, kid. You get the gist of it now?" Raphael asked him. Shiro thought for a second and then realized it. Angelic power is a power that when released, it makes the you feel sleepy, while the demonic power that Kuro gave him made him feel some pain. "...is that it?" He told them as he explained what''s inside his mind. "Yeah, but that''s not all of it. We merely did anything to you, we just exposed you to the powers. Now, the real thing begins." Raphael told Shiro. "Shiro-kun, remember what I taught you earlier? Try to do that." Kuro told him. Kuro jumped towards the other side of the river. "Shiro-kun!" She shouted. "When you feel pain, that means there''s a demon nearby. And if you feel sleepy, then there''s an angel!" Kuro said to him while shouting. Raphael told him to close his eyes and point at where the pain is coming from. "Shiro, even if it hurts, don''t give up. It''s just the basics. If you get through this, you''ll get used to the auras and feel nothing at all except that there''s a being around you. Understand?" Raphael told him while holding his shoulders. Shiro nodded and closed his eyes. Raphael stepped backward and counted one to three, after that Shiro have to point out where he had felt the aura of pain. "One, two, three. Now!" Shiro focused. He felt intense pain in his chest. But even so, he still pointed his finger to the place where he felt the aura. It was on his left side. After he pointed it out, the aura vanished. And Shiro felt another pain in his chest. He pointed his finger again to his front. And just like earlier, it vanished again. Leaving himself hurt. The same thing happened again and again. Until Shiro can¡¯t hold the on anymore because of the pain. He¡¯s panting like he¡¯s been chased by a cheetah in the desert. It was like the cheetah that chased him had bitten off his heart instantly. And it¡¯s the same every time the aura appears. But, even if Shiro fell down to the ground because it hurts so much, he didn¡¯t give up. He let the pain inside his body, accepting it and pointing out where did it came from. After Shiro pointed out the aura, he fell into the ground. Unconscious. It seems like even if his will didn¡¯t want him to give up, the body that he has right now is already breaking because of the pain. Even so, this is remarkably a good start for him. ¡°Ah, he only lasted a few minutes.¡± Raphael told Kuro that was flying towards them. After Kuro landed, she immediately ran towards Shiro that was unconscious, and she examined him. ¡°His mind is okay, it didn¡¯t break. But his body, it can¡¯t take any damage. What should we do Raphael-san?¡± Kuro asked Raphael. Raphael stopped for a second to think, and then he replied, ¡°Let''s make him rest for a few minutes. While sleeping, give him some of your demonic powers every two minutes, milady." She looked at Raphael with angered eyes. ¡°Isn¡¯t that enough, Raphael-san? Shiro had enough for today, let¡¯s make him rest.¡± Raphael bowed to her. ¡°I¡¯m sorry milady, but I can¡¯t do that. There are only two months or maybe less, it depends on when the asmoriths, the angels and the demons move. If we didn¡¯t train him enough, he¡¯ll destroy himself if he gets back the power that Lucifer has taken from in him.¡± Kuro looked at Shiro with sad eyes, she knew that it hurts. But she can¡¯t do anything since Raphael was right, if he didn''t train hard enough, he¡¯ll get killed. A strong power is worth the pain. ¡°I¡¯m sorry Shiro-kun, but we need to do this. If we don¡¯t, you¡¯ll get captured. If you don''t know how to fight by yourself then you''re as well giving yourself to the one who gets ahold of you. Forgive me, Shiro-kun.¡± Enjoying the story? Show your support by reading it on the official site. She kissed Shiro¡¯s forehead, and a small red lighting came down from her lips and traveled from there to Shiro''s forehead into his head. She gave him demonic power. It flowed through Shiro¡¯s mind, making him feel pain even while sleeping. When the lighting covered all of Shiro''s mind, it made him dream about something. He was walking in the light, at first, he can''t see anything. But when he kept on walking and walking, he saw a little girl playing with a middle-aged man. The girl has a wing, a tail, and horns. She was a demon. The girl asked the man, "Mister, how can demons be born?" She said. The man answered with a smile and said, "Demons are born because of the pain and suffering that humans feel. But, you''re an exception. You''re not born because of their suffering, you are born because of their sadness." The man told her. The girl didn''t understand what he meant, so she replied with, "I don''t know what that means mister." The mister said, "You''ll know, some time." The girl played with the sand at the ground. And as she played with it she realized something. "Hey mister. How can angels be born?" She asked. The mister was surprised, maybe he didn''t expect the girl to know about angels since she''s so little. "Angels? Angels are born when a human is born. The angel that was born with the human will be the human''s guardian for life. But when the human die, the angel won''t have anything to guard anymore. So, he''ll stay in heaven." The little girl was amazed, as her eyes shone bright like the stars. The little girl replied, "Then mister, that means I have an angel too?" The man became silent for a few seconds. The girl didn''t know that she was a demon. He thought that the girl already knew it, since she asked him how demons are born. But, she didn''t. The man patted her head and said, "We all have an angel, angels are good. They are kind. They protect people wherever they are, they guide people whatever decision they made. So, if you became good too, then someday, you''ll meet your own angel." The man replied. The scene vanished like a sand that was blown into the sky by the wind. Then, another scene was formed in front of Shiro. He saw a woman, in her teen-ages. The woman is fighting at a war, she was killing angels. She''s using a greatsword, an enormous size of it, and she used it to slice open the angels. The way she moves, the way she kills her opponents are all like she''s destined to do that for eternity. She was a soldier, she was fighting for the demons. The war broke out because at that time, the demons were only following the dark lord''s orders, as they don''t know what is right and wrong. She ordered them to go and fight the angels, the demons blindly followed her orders. The demons were winning at that time, so they killed all the angels. The demons went back to hell to report to their lord, while the woman stayed behind by herself. After the war, the woman who has been fighting rested at the top of the rocks on where she can see the battlefield. When spirits like demons and angels die, they don''t leave a corpse. The body that they have will vanish into small bits of crystals and different colors according to their race. So, she sat down on the rock. Looking at the place where she killed angels. Suddenly, an angel appeared in front of her. The angel emitted so much light that it covered the angel''s body. She assumed her battle position and created a greatsword out of nothing and posed as to slice the angel down. She knew that the angel was strong, stronger than any angel she have seen. She knew well that she can''t defeat it, but she still stood up, and when she looked at the angel, she knew she was going to die. But, the angel said, "Don''t worry. I won''t hurt you. I''m not here to fight, I''m here to talk to you." The woman replied, "I don''t trust you. I don''t trust angels." The woman admired angels the most. To be honest, she loves them more than her own race. She loved them because they are good, kind, and caring. Unlike the demons. They are worst, they torture humans, and they were having fun of it. She was different. She knew she wasn''t just a demon, why? It''s because she''s not the same as them, they bring humans into the path of darkness, they kill them then torture them at hell. And they were having fun of it, so they repeated it again and again. She looked at the humans with sadness in her eyes. But, her trust on them was lost, when she saw the angels kill the demons without mercy. They kill whoever it may be, just because someone ordered them to do it. She thought they came to stop the war, but they were the ones who started it. The demons may be the first ones to go there and waged a war against them, but the angels were the ones who started the war, without mercy. She wasn''t really going to fight back then, but when she saw the angels do it, it made her lose her will to just watch. She was crying back then, when she was killing them. She said, "I''m sorry." every time she killed an angel. To her, angels are beings that should be idolized. But, when she saw this mess, that made her think they are just the same as the demons. The angel landed behind her, the light that was covering the angel has gone, and when she turned around she saw him. It was the man that the little girl was talking to before. The woman loosened her grip to her sword, and the sword vanished. She looked at the angel with sad eyes. She said, "Why... why didn''t you tell me you were an angel?!" She said with anger on her voice. She wanted to know more about them, she wanted to talk to them, to play with them, to be good with them. That''s what her dreams are. She wanted to be an angel like them. But, her dreams was shattered because of this war. The woman''s dream should''ve been fulfilled a long time ago, if the man told her that he was an angel. But he didn''t. The man answered, "It is because I don''t want you to learn about me, for I am a failure of the race that you admired the most." He said to her. The woman cried, she cried because she knows how much she loved angels, but still murdered them in cold blood. She fell on her knees to the ground and cried. The man walked towards her, he looked at her and he gave her a pat on her head. "There, there. Don''t cry. I''m still here, I won''t loath you for killing my kind. I killed some of them too, and even your kind. I killed them. So, we''re at the same boat, aren''t we?" The man told her. When the man said that, the woman stopped crying and bowed to him. She knew that the man she was talking to was a lord, a powerful being. So she bowed. She pledged to be one of his servants, and the man answered; "Servants? I don''t have any servants. And I don''t want any servants. I have a family, stupid as they may be, but they are all still my family. Is it okay to you?" The man asked her. The woman answered with a nod. The man then smiled at her and told her to stand up. For she will be the general of Lucifer''s army of demons. Lucifer back then didn''t reveal himself to Sanata, he is still gathering as much power as he can to try and oppose the demon lord. It was a long time ago, back when asmoriths didn''t even exist. Shiro looked at them and said, "Ah. This is Kuro''s memories. That''s why she''s a kind demon. But she never mentioned anything like this to me. It''s okay, I don''t have to ask her. She has her own reasons why she didn''t tell me this." Shiro was talking to himself when he noticed something in his face. It was tears. Tears are falling down from his eyes. "What is this?" he said to himself while trying to stop the flow of the tears. He couldn''t stop. He started to cry, he released all of the pain while crying. He couldn''t stop crying. It was when he saw an image right in front of her. It was Kuro, she was smiling at him. Shiro looked at it, and he stopped crying. He held out his hand, and tried to reach her. And when he did that, the image that he was catching vanished, as he woke up. He was still holding his hands at the air. Kuro noticed it, she was talking to Raphael when Shiro wakes up. She ran towards Shiro and held his hand. "What is it Shiro-kun? Are you okay?" she asked. Shiro looked at her, he saw a demon with sad eyes. He remembered what Lucifer had said, "You''re an exception. You were born because of their sadness." He hugged Kuro as he gets up and cried. "I''m sorry, I''m not there when you need me." he cried. Kuro was confused, "W-What are you saying? I don''t understand." and she started crying. Raphael was looking at them and said, "What kind of crazy couple are you two?" But Shiro and Kuro didn''t notice him. After that, they looked at each other and laughed. Shiro said to her, "I''m ready now. Let''s continue our training." Kuro''s eyes widened, and she accepted Shiro''s challenge. "Ohoh? Are you really ready now Shiro-kun?" she said. Shiro smiled, "You bet I am." "Well, try to not lose your consciousness this time." Kuro replied. "I won''t." Shiro answered. Then they stood up and get into their positions. Shiro closed his eyes to find where the aura is coming from. Then he felt something behind him. He pointed at it, and the aura vanished. He felt something at his right, and pointed at it. Then vanished. Raphael was amazed, "Woah. This boy has got some nice guts." He said. They kept on doing that both for an hour. Then Raphael clapped one time, and then the aura stopped. Shiro knew it was something, so he braced himself. Then, he felt something so powerful right in front of him. He straightened up his body, and looked directly at his front. He walked towards it, and then stopped. He held out his hand, to try and reach something. Then, he touched a soft and warm skin. He opened his eyes, and he saw Kuro. Kuro, with her arcana on. Her back was filled with red blazing rays, like the ones at the surface of the sun. Her armor was glowing red, her eyes burning red, you can''t even see her eyes because of the light. Shiro was touching her cheeks. Shiro told her, "Kuro, it''s okay now. I don''t feel anything now." He knew Kuro was releasing all of her demonic aura. Shiro felt it, it indeed is very strong, stronger than anything he had felt before. But what he didn''t feel was the pain that he had felt before. There was no pain, only the feeling of something strong in front of him. And by this, he passed the first test. "Good work, boy!" Raphael told him while clapping his hands. Kuro undid her arcana and smiled at Shiro, she held Shiro''s hand that were at her cheeks at that time, and kissed it. "You did great, Shiro-kun." She said. Shiro became very happy, and he hugged Kuro because of that. "When are you going to notice me you kids?" Raphael said to them both while laughing. "Ah, whatever." he added. Shiro looked at Raphael, and bowed to him. "Thank you so much, Archangel Raphael. You helped me so much this time. I hope you keep on teaching me, sensei." Shiro said to him. Raphael released his wings, his wings are white as the clouds, they are big as they were told in the stories, and they are glowing. "Sensei huh? I like that, boy. You keep on calling me that, because from now on, I''ll teach you everything you need to do. Hey, don''t get cocky, okay? You''re still at the starting line. Even though you''re milady''s husband, I would still be strict to you. Understand?" Shiro laughed and said, "Yes. Thank you." Raphael''s wings started to fly. "Well then, let''s continue this tonight. You rest first." he said. Even though he asked Kuro to train him hard, he knew it was something that he can done in just a week. Without even training hard. He asked Kuro that to test Shiro''s will, and Shiro passed. Raphael flew to the sky like a shooting star, passing through the sky. Shiro and Kuro looked at him with amazed eyes. "He''s amazing, isn''t he?" Shiro told Kuro. "Yes, that''s why master asked him to teach you, Shiro-kun." Kuro replied. Shiro looked at her, he saw happiness in her eyes. She finally had let go of her pain from her past, without even knowing it. "Kuro..." he said. Kuro heard it and turned her head towards him. But, just before she knew it, she was already been kissed by Shiro. Kuro liked it, so she held Shiro''s cheeks and kissed him back. Shiro remembered something. "Hey, Raphael said that I''m your husband. So, can we have a baby now?" Kuro''s face blushed, she slapped Shiro''s face. "W-W-W-What are you saying?! Idiot!" She said while blushing. Shiro laughed, "I was just kidding. Let''s finish everything first before we do that. Let''s finish this war that I started ever since I was born. Would you help me, milady?" Shiro bowed to her and held her hand. Kuro was amazed at him. He looked like a prince. So she replied, "Yes, I gladly will." After that, they went back home and prepared their things. They forgot that they have classes today, since the break ended last night. But they still have time, so they didn''t rush it. After Kuro prepared her things, she went to Shiro''s room to check him. She saw Shiro sleeping. She walked towards him and sat on his bed. "Shiro-kun, I love you." she said. But, she felt something at her back, a hand was touching her. She was pushed down right into Shiro''s chest. They are facing each other. Shiro opened his eyes and said, "I love you too." Kuro blushed and stood up. "Y-You were awake?!" she said. "Of course I am, I was reading a manga when I felt your aura coming this way." Kuro forgot it, they taught him how to sense auras. "You really amaze me, Shiro-kun." she said. Shiro smiled and asked her, "You wanna play some games?" Kuro nodded and smiled, "Yes." - End of Chapter 9 - "Good luck, Shiro-kun" After we played some games, Kuro went back to her room. We need to get ready because we have classes today. Earlier, I learned the skill Presence Sensing. Thanks to Kuro and Raphael. I wonder how can I use it when it comes to fighting, could it be like the ones in the animes? The skill in which you could see every attack and skill? Although I was talking about seeing every attack and skill, I didn¡¯t notice Kuro¡¯s presence at all. ¡°What¡¯s the problem Shiro-kun?¡± she asked. That made me jump for a second, I was scared for a second. I didn¡¯t feel her aura. Seems like watching animes doesn¡¯t help at all, because you can¡¯t apply it in real life. ¡°H-How did you...?¡± I asked her. ¡°I did what?¡± she said. I let out a sigh and asked, ¡°I didn¡¯t notice your aura, how did you do that?¡± She sat beside me and answered, ¡°I didn¡¯t release any aura. That¡¯s why you didn¡¯t notice me. But even so, you should still be aware of your surroundings Shiro-kun. Presence Sensing is just an enhancer, you can¡¯t always rely on that skill.¡± ¡°Ah¡­ sorry. I was carried away. Having powers like this really makes you feel so powerful, when in real life you are just nothing.¡± I said to her. She leaned on my shoulders and closed her eyes. This girl, she always makes me nervous. The way she does these things is what making me nervous, she didn¡¯t say anything, she just leaned on my shoulders. Damn, my heart¡­ ¡°Kuro. If you keep on doing that, I¡¯ll fall in love with you more.¡± Then I touched her shoulders with my right hand to keep her from falling. ¡°I don¡¯t mind it. I want you to like me more.¡± She replied. ¡°I already love you so much, there¡¯s no need for me to like you more.¡± I answered. ¡°No, you need to like me more, I demand it.¡± She said with a bossy tone. ¡°Yes, yes. Whatever you say, milady.¡± I realized, if I die on this war, then I wouldn¡¯t be able to do this with her again. I don¡¯t want it. I want to stay with her. ¡°I wish we could be like this forever. I want to stay by your side, I want you to lean on me, I want you to talk to me, I want to love you forever. I don¡¯t want this all to stop.¡± She opened her eyes and looked at me. ¡°Shiro-kun, I know what you are feeling. But, if we keep on staying like this, then nothing will happen to us. I hope you understand.¡± She answered. Yeah. She¡¯s right. If we stayed this way forever, then nothing will happen. I really am an idiot. ¡°Sorry, I understand now. I just wanted to stay like this with you a little bit longer, but it seems like it¡¯s time for us to go to school now.¡± She smiled at me and said, ¡°Yes.¡± After that, she went out of my room and went to the living room. I wore my uniform and went out of my room to eat breakfast. We had a fun talk together with mom, and my siblings. It¡¯s nice to see that I¡¯m getting along with them, even after what happened. Kuro and I walked together to the station, we wanted to enjoy being together so we held hands while walking. She doesn¡¯t want me to carry her bag since she wanted to show me that I¡¯m not just her errand boy, she wanted everyone to know that I¡¯m his boyfriend. Well, that¡¯s just on my own opinion, she never said anything like that, hehe. Pretty much everything¡¯s the same, the train, the people. It¡¯s nice to see normal things every now and then. Ever since she came into my room, strange things started happening around me so, it¡¯s nice for me to see these things. I hope it can last for at least two months, until I master every lesson that Kuro and Raphael will teach me. I don¡¯t want to disappoint them, especially Kuro. We went to our classroom and sat on our chairs. I was in the corner of the classroom, and Kuro was sitting beside me. Nothing happened in particular, except that I was yawning all the time. After our break, our adviser came to our room. She¡¯s with a man wearing glasses and a book in his hand. ¡°Okay everyone, listen up. Your teacher in history, teacher Saza has resigned.¡± When she said those words, murmurs of everybody filled the whole classroom. ¡°Listen, he got into a fight with the principal, the event that happened yesterday was a blast, but teacher Saza was left alone in the school because he was late. It wasn¡¯t really a big deal, but when the principal told him that he shouldn¡¯t be minding it since he¡¯s just a replacement teacher, he became angry and fought the principal back. The principal didn¡¯t tell him to resign nor fire him, but he resigned anyways. I myself is close to him but, I can¡¯t do anything. When I talked to him, he said that it was his fault, and just because of a little misunderstanding, that happened. So, he doesn¡¯t have any guts to continue teaching here in our school. If you want, you could go to his house and say thank you to him.¡± Everyone became silent, some of them started to cry. I, honestly wasn¡¯t that close to him, but I felt sad when I heard that from teacher Shizu. No one answered, as they keep on being sad or talking bad things about the principal. Teacher Shizu noticed that, so she changed the topic. ¡°Okay so, everyone. Look at here in front, I will introduce you to your new teacher. He¡¯ll be your teacher for a while, he¡¯s a very good person so I know you¡¯ll be comfortable with him in no time.¡± Everyone looked at the man, and they started to say something like, ¡°He¡¯s so handsome!¡±, ¡°Looks smart.¡± and things like that. ¡°His name is Raphi-sensei. He¡¯ll be your history teacher from now on.¡± The man waved his hand and smiled. ¡°Yo! You can call me Raph or Raphi-sensei, whatever you want to call me.¡± Hm, he kinda looks familiar to me. Though they look similar, but this teacher¡¯s hair color is different from Raphael. Oh, even their names sound the same. Wait. I closed my eyes and started using Presence Sensing. I feel so much sleepy in front of us, that means that he¡¯s an angel! That¡¯s the reason I was yawning and feeling sleepy all this time, it¡¯s because there¡¯s an angel here! I leaned towards Kuro. ¡°Kuro. That teacher. He¡¯s an angel, isn¡¯t he?¡± I asked while whispering. She nodded and replied, ¡°He¡¯s Raphael-san.¡± My jaw dropped, ¡°He doesn¡¯t look like Raphael to me! Though he looked familiar, but this is way too much!¡± The Raphael that fell down from the sky was nothing compared to the Raphael that¡¯s here right now, he¡¯s wearing glasses, with a happy aura around him! That¡¯s what I¡¯m bothered the most! ¡°I hope we get along everyone!¡± and then he smiled, and the whole classroom was filled with happiness. This is not what I felt when I first saw him. After that, teacher Shizu went out of the classroom, and Raphael was asked by my classmates some questions like, ¡°How old are you?¡±, ¡°Do you have any girlfriend?¡±, ¡°Where do you live?¡±, ¡°How did you get so handsome?¡± and things like that. I didn¡¯t bother asking since I was laughing at the back, imagine how much he has changed when he became a teacher, from a complete badass to a plain man. Then we spent the whole time of history asking him questions. After school, Kuro and I went to the faculty. She asked if we could go there and talk to Raphael. So we went, but we saw no one there. What¡¯s happening? Then we thought maybe they were just having a meeting, since it¡¯s already after-class. So we decided to go home. While on the train, I saw a commercial on the screen. There¡¯s an army of soldiers marching. They are going to kill the germs on the toilet. What a nice commercial. The story has been taken without consent; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident.After that I realized, how do this ¡®Armageddon¡¯ start? Sure, I know what will happen if this occurs but, how do this so-called ¡®war¡¯ really start? So, I asked Kuro. She was looking at the scenery at that time. ¡°This world, really is beautiful. I hope it stays the same ten years from now.¡± She saw me looking at her and said, ¡°A-Ah! Don¡¯t mind me, I¡¯m just talking to myself.¡± I replied, ¡°It¡¯s okay. I know how you feel. These people around us, they don¡¯t know anything about the Armageddon, and they won¡¯t even know if it already started.¡± I told her. She was surprised, but she didn¡¯t answer. ¡°Speaking of, how could ¡®that¡¯ happen? You already told me what will happen if that occurred, but I don¡¯t know how will it happen. Are there any conditions or anything?¡± She was still looking at the scenery at that time, but she replied. ¡°That war can only occur when an Asmorith, an Angel and a Demon started fighting. It doesn¡¯t matter who they fight, as long as they release their powers. The chain of heaven, the inevitable fate. It will consume those powers and then guide the world into an inevitable war, whatever you do, no matter what you have done, the war will still occur.¡± I became confused. So, I asked her. ¡°What kind of fate is that? Just because some beings started fighting, the world will be led into destruction? Why?¡± Kuro moved her hand from my shoulder and hugged me instead. ¡°Beings aren¡¯t supposed to fight each other in the first place. They are guardians, they are supposed to guide the world to a better one. And they did, for thousands of years. Until that day, when Azazel¡¯s son was born. Remember the time of Noah? God forbid the angels to have an offspring with humans when he flooded the earth. But Azazel couldn¡¯t stop it. He loved a human more than himself.¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t he an Asmorith?¡± ¡°Yes, he is. But he¡¯s still an angel, so heaven punished him for disobeying the rules of their creator. Back then, I was ordered to take back the Nephilim, nothing more. But instead, I fought him back. I can¡¯t capture him since he¡¯s possessing tremendous power despite not having any knowledge in the world. I knew that he¡¯s not that easy of a foe, so I released all my powers. The angels that were there also fought the Nephilim. While the Asmoriths, they want to convince the Nephilim, but he didn¡¯t listen. Instead he kept on fighting both me and the angels, and the Asmoriths helped him. Then I felt something, I want to fight, I want to kill. It was bloodlust, coming from nowhere. I knew it was something bad but I kept on fighting the Nephilim, until I killed the Asmoriths. The Angels were trying to help me so they stopped the Nephilim from moving. But I was consumed by bloodlust so I killed even the Angels. And finally, I killed the Nephilim. The fight didn¡¯t stop there. After I killed the Nephilim, Azazel appeared only to see his son vanishing into the sky. We fought with all of our powers, I was on par with him. I don¡¯t know how did I get so strong, but I was on the same level as him. Until I realized, why are we even fighting? We shouldn¡¯t be, I was ordered to take back the Nephilim. But instead, I killed him. And now, I was fighting the leader of the Asmoriths all by myself. ¡°How did this happen?¡± I said. So I stopped on attacking and he noticed it. He asked me why did I kill his son. I answered, ¡°Lucifer ordered me to take¡ª¡± but he didn¡¯t let me finish, when he heard ¡°Lucifer ordered¡± he attacked me. I told him that I didn¡¯t know what I was doing, but he kept on fighting. Until an Angel came down from the heaven. It was Michael. He stopped Azazel from attacking and explained what happened, about the punishment of heaven, and how to stop it. He just needed to let go of his hate and do a ritual, and then the fight will stop. As we were talking, humans from around the world was fighting each other too, they fought each other, they hurt each other, and they kill each other. That¡¯s what Armageddon is, it doesn¡¯t only affect beings, but also humans. Azazel didn¡¯t want it to continue, he just wanted to see his son. He doesn¡¯t want the world to end like that, so he accepted. And that¡¯s what happened after I killed the Nephilim. This time, when Lucifer brought you into this world, the chain of heaven moved again. And this time, Azazel had a chance to do what I did to his son, kill you.¡± I was surprised. I thought they would only capture me and use me for their own benefits, but I know now. They won¡¯t just use me, they will also dispose me after that. The case is the same with the Dark Lord. She just wanted to raid the heaven, maybe after she uses me, she¡¯ll just kill me. Look at what I got myself into. But I won¡¯t lose hope. I have a demon right beside me, one of the strongest. The one who fought the Nephilim from two thousand years ago, and the one who was on par with the leader of the Asmoriths. But wait, if she¡¯s that strong, then she could¡¯ve just defeated Mordecai and Zecharias when they appeared, right? ¡°Kuro, back when Mordecai and Zecharias attacked, you fought them equally. But you said you were on par with their leader. That means they are as strong as Azazel?¡± I asked. She laughed and said, ¡°I¡­ tried not to release all of my power, since I could destroy that whole forest. I used my brute strength instead of using demonic power, so that I won¡¯t destroy the whole place.¡± I looked at her with my face being blank and sighed. She could''ve just saved me back then. But, it''s okay, she still went to where I was that day. ¡°I shouldn¡¯t be even worried, since I got a hell of a monster right beside me.¡± She tightened her hand in my stomach and said, ¡°Calling a girl a monster, that¡¯s rude.¡± I laughed and kissed her head. Seems like I don¡¯t need to do anything, she¡¯s strong, she could¡¯ve just defeated anyone who tries to capture me. But that won¡¯t do. I¡¯m a man, I still need to get strong in order for her to do less, and I can prove myself worthy of her too. But how can I do that? When I don¡¯t have any powers? Ah, forget it. Maybe someday we''ll figure out how to control my powers. When we got home, we saw a man looking suspicious at the front of our house. He was wearing a black jacket along with a black beret, and he was looking around. Kuro and I watched him while hiding, and then the man took out something from his pocket and unlocked the door. That signals it! He¡¯s a thief! We ran towards the house and then we saw the man walking towards the stairs, Kuro jumped at his back and the man fell down to the floor. Kuro locked the man¡¯s neck with her arms and asked him, ¡°Who are you?! What are you doing here?!¡± Then I ran and took off the man¡¯s beret. ¡°Uhm¡­ what are you doing¡­ dad?¡± It was Lucifer. ¡°Ah¡­ I will explain but please, could you let me go first?¡± he asked Kuro. ¡°Ah- Sorry!¡± Kuro released him from the lock and bowed to him. Lucifer said that it¡¯s okay, it¡¯s only natural for her to be aggressive like that since he ordered her to protect my family. ¡°So, would you mind telling us why are you looking like a thief?¡± I asked him. He held his head and said, ¡°Ah, no one was around when I came, and I don¡¯t have any keys. So, I made one. I checked first if anyone could see me creating a key with magic so¡­¡± I facepalmed. ¡°Couldn¡¯t you just teleport inside?¡± He stopped for a second to think. ¡°Ah! I didn¡¯t think of that.¡± I facepalmed again. Is this man really Lucifer? He¡¯s like a disappointment to all the stories in this world. ¡°Anyways we¡¯re inside now so all is good.¡± He said. I sat on the chair and asked him, ¡°What did you come here for dad?¡± He became silent for a second and said, ¡°I¡­ forgot to give you powers. That¡¯s why I came back.¡± I answered with a ¡°Huh?¡± look in my face. I put my hands on the table and ask, ¡°You could do that?!¡± ¡°Yes, I took your power. So I can give it back. Although your power is an enhancement to all other powers so I couldn¡¯t use it since I mastered all of them already.¡± I laughed, ¡°Dad, why didn¡¯t you tell me sooner?¡± ¡°It¡¯s because you need training. And I can¡¯t give it to you suddenly, you could have destroyed our house.¡± He replied. Then I stood up and bowed to him, ¡°Please! Give me my powers back! So that I can protect myself, and everyone around me!¡± ¡°No.¡± he said. ¡°What?! I thought you came here to give it back?¡± ¡°Well, I¡¯ll give ¡®some¡¯ of your powers back. But not all, just like I said earlier. You could destroy the whole house if I gave it to you suddenly, you could have killed your mother and your siblings.¡± I realized something. Yeah, he¡¯s right. I shouldn¡¯t be greedy for power, for I could kill thousands of people with just a little bit of it. I stood up and said, ¡°I¡¯m sorry. I didn¡¯t think of what would happen if I get my powers back.¡± Lucifer crossed his arms and said, ¡°It¡¯s okay, you only said that because you wanted to protect your family. If I¡¯m in your place, I would do the same. We¡¯ll talk about this later. For now, let¡¯s rest first. You just came from school, right? You should rest.¡± Dad, I¡¯m sorry I told myself that you¡¯re a disappointment to all the stories of the world. ¡°Yes, you too. Let¡¯s wait for mom and the kids to go home.¡± I replied. Kuro and I went to our rooms and changed clothes, Alicia and the others came back right after that. We ate our dinner and talked to each other with dad on the table. It was fun to be honest. I hope we could do that every day, but it¡¯s impossible since dad needs to do his work. I thought he would just give my powers back and then go back to hell, but instead he joined us in our training. We went to the river after mom and the kids fell asleep. In there we saw Raphael already waiting for us. Wait, what happened to the crater from yesterday? Since when did it get fixed? Raphael noticed us and teleported right in front of us. His eyes were angry, we don¡¯t know what happened to him. Lucifer tried to talk to him, ¡°H-Hey, Raphi. How are you? Why are you looking like that?¡± Raphael looked at him but he ignored his question. ¡°Azazel.¡± Azazel? ¡°Azazel took some of the people at school. I was there when he did that, but I couldn¡¯t do anything since he was with other Asmoriths.¡± What?! ¡°W-Why did he do that?!¡± I asked out of anger. ¡°Most likely he¡¯ll use them as resources. Humans may be weak, but they have strong spirit powers. The faith they have for God is what makes them a valuable resource for us beings.¡± I didn¡¯t know that! But wait, I remembered something. When mom was praying at the backyard, is that really dad¡¯s doing? Or is that because she has a strong spirit power? I looked at dad and asked him that. ¡°Huh? What do you mean? I didn¡¯t do anything to your mom except f¡ª¡± Kuro stretched his ears while blushing. What was he going to say? Ah, never mind. So he didn¡¯t do it. It means she really has a strong spirit power. I should take care of her too, since someone may use her for their own benefit. After that, Kuro released her hands and dad started to talk. ¡°Ahh¡­ it hurts¡­ but anyways, even if he did take some of the people, he doesn¡¯t have any reason to kill them. So they should be alive.¡± Raphael crossed his arms to think. ¡°Hm. That¡¯s right. I know he¡¯s not like Sanata, he¡¯s just blinded by revenge. Hah! Even after many years he wouldn¡¯t still let go of it. What a stubborn man.¡± So, they won¡¯t greet each other or something? Just what kind of friendship these two have? ¡°Ah, but there¡¯s no use in thinking about him, we should think about how to save those people. We can¡¯t just let him do what he wants. But, Shiro. You still don¡¯t have any powers, do you? Well, then. Oi stupid Lucifer, give him his powers.¡± Raphael added. Lucifer laughed at him and said, ¡°Don¡¯t say that I¡¯m stupid, we¡¯re good friends right?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t care, just do what I say.¡± ¡°Yes, yes.¡± Raphael bows to Kuro, but he talk to dad like he¡¯s nothing?! Kuro! You are some good general! Or maybe dad really doesn¡¯t act like he''s a lord. After that, Dad walked in front of me and held out his hand. He closed his eyes and started chanting. ¡°Ash, Foruen, Meilai, Shamou. Fan!¡± When he finished chanting a ball of light came from his hand towards my chest. I feel¡­ powerful. Kuro touched my shoulders and asked me, ¡°Shiro-kun, are you feeling something now?¡± I replied, ¡°I feel stronger. I don¡¯t know what really is strong in me, but I think I became stronger.¡± She smiled and said, ¡°Then let¡¯s try it.¡± She told me to try and block her punch with my hand. Kuro formed a punch in her right hand and a chop with her left, just like at that time when she¡¯s fighting Mordecai. But this time, a dark flame was covering her fists. ¡°Kuro¡­ what are those flames?¡± I asked her. She smirked and said, ¡°I added demonic powers in my hand. Try to block it. Don¡¯t worry, it won¡¯t hurt. It¡¯ll just throw you to the other side of the river.¡± I¡¯m starting to think that I¡¯m not going to survive this. But, I won¡¯t step back. This is part of the training. ¡°Shiro-kun, here I go.¡± I held out my right hand with my left hand supporting it, that¡¯s where Kuro will hit. I don¡¯t know what will happen, and it made me feel excited. Kuro jumped back and ran towards me. I thought of strengthening my body, and I felt something. A light covered my whole body, and Kuro saw it. ¡°Good luck, Shiro-kun.¡± she said. And then she punched me with all of her might. - End of Chapter 10 - "Then lets go, to Alagahad" She punched my right hand with all of her strength, and I knew she was giving it all her power for I can see the large gust of wind that was formed right in front of us. The punch she did didn¡¯t affect me in any way, it didn¡¯t move me or even hurt me. It was just like stopping a paper with your hand. Kuro stopped her punched and looked at me, I saw her smiling. She was smiling at that time, I don¡¯t know why, so I asked her. ¡°Kuro? Are you okay?¡± I asked her if she¡¯s okay but I think she misunderstood my question. She looked irritated when I asked that, as she pointed her finger to me and said, ¡°Don¡¯t get cocky Shiro-kun! I am not done yet!¡± Yeah, she misunderstood it. She formed a fist with her left hand, and tried to punch me. It was close so I knew that this time, she¡¯s going to hit me. I acted according to my instincts, so I closed my eyes and waited for her to punch me. But it didn¡¯t happen, I wondered why so I opened my eyes. And when I did, I saw my right hand holding her wrist just before it hits my face. My hand moved, but I didn¡¯t do anything except close my eyes. After a few seconds, my right hand moved on its own again. It released her wrist from its grip and then it tried to punch Kuro. Luckily, she dodged it. I don¡¯t want to punch my future wife in her face. I moved my hand out of her face, it seems like I¡¯m still able to control it. It was just doing something on its own. But if this continues¡­ ¡°A-Ah! Kuro! Stop! We¡¯re going to hurt each other if we continue this!¡± Kuro was forming ready to strike back at that time when I said that. But, after a few seconds she stopped. Phew, I thought she was never going to stop. And then she stared walking towards me. I think she¡¯s not going to stop anytime. At this rate, we really could hurt each other. But even so, I still saw a smile on her face. Looks like she¡¯s enjoying this. I sighed and smiled back at her, ¡°If you don¡¯t want to stop, then it¡¯s all right. Just don¡¯t blame me if I hurt you, okay?¡± She laughed like an evil person, and then she said, ¡°I don¡¯t have any problems with that, Shiro-kun. In fact, I like it.¡± So, in other words you like beating each other while training? This girl, she always surprises me. But I can¡¯t back out now. I fixed myself and bowed to her, it was as if I¡¯m giving the Demon General a handicap, it made her feel so excited as I can feel overwhelming aura coming from her. She added a lot of demonic power in her fists as she started walking towards me. I can feel tremendous amount of demonic aura even when I¡¯m just bowing to her. And then, she stopped right in front of me. I stood up and looked directly at her. I don¡¯t know why, but she looked so beautiful when she¡¯s like this. She¡¯s like a kid, hungry for more candies. ¡°Shiro-kun, I¡¯m sorry. But I can¡¯t stop.¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay, as long as you have fun. I¡¯m okay with it. But we will stop when it gets so harsh, got it?¡± ¡°Roger that.¡± And then she formed her battle pose, her right fist beside her stomach, and her left hand facing towards me. And then she used her right hand to punch my stomach. She punched it so fast I can barely see it, and when I looked at it, my right hand was already holding her right hand. She struggled to remove my hand that was holding hers, she used her left hand to release her right hand from my grip. My grip on her hand was removed, but this time instead of just letting my own hand do something, I moved my left hand towards her face myself. It happened in a split second but I saw what happened. It was like I moved my hand with a sonic boom, and it hit her face. A gust of air was released when I hit her face. Now I¡¯ve done it. ¡°Ah¡­ sorry Kuro, hehe.¡± I said. But she didn¡¯t listen instead she held my right hand with both of hers and screamed, she throws me at her back. But I didn¡¯t get scared like I did the first time. This time when I was just about to fall, I used my hand as a base, and then I round-kicked her. She dodged it and took my legs, she throws me again. When I get back to the ground and looked at her, she was already at my face. ¡°Forgive me, Shiro-kun.¡± She said. Ah, now I won¡¯t feel angry even if she kills me. She holds my shoulders to not let me fly, and she punched my stomach so hard. I can feel that intense punch she gave me, it was as if you¡¯re bulldozed by a twelve-wheeler truck but only in your stomach. I was out of breath, I can¡¯t move or do anything. She really is a strong demon. The faint light that was covering my whole body disappeared. I was out of breath and all, but she won¡¯t stop. She moved her right hand upwards as if she was holding onto something, and a greatsword with massive thickness appeared. She acts like she¡¯s really going to slice me with it when¡ª ¡°That¡¯s enough.¡± Dad interfered and said that to her. Kuro stopped and the greatsword disappeared. ¡°Tch.¡± She said. Tch? Wait, is she really going to slice me with it? Scary! She released my shoulders from her left hand and then she hugged me. ¡°I didn¡¯t get to slice you, Shiro-kun. But it¡¯s okay, there¡¯s always a next time.¡± Now she¡¯s like a yandere. Help. ¡°If you sliced me, then you won¡¯t have another chance to do it again so please refrain from slicing me.¡± I said to her. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, I was carried away.¡± She smiled and laughed. Ah, I can¡¯t help it if she¡¯s this adorable. Even if she has another side on hers, it¡¯s not that bad. She just wants to slice you up, that¡¯s all. ¡°It was really fun! It¡¯s been so long since I¡¯ve used a lot of demonic power to an enemy, all of my enemies were so weak I¡¯ll just use some of my strength to defeat them. But with you Shiro-kun, I get to do it again. And it was so much fun. Let¡¯s do it again sometime ¡®kay?¡± she said and then she giggles. I was speechless, so I hugged her back. Raphael and Lucifer walked closer towards us. ¡°You did great, Shiro. You too, Kuro. But try not to kill your partner, okay? We all know how strong you are, so please just take it easy.¡± Lucifer said to her. ¡°I won¡¯t do it again master, I promise not to kill Shiro-kun while practicing.¡± SO WHEN WE¡¯RE NOT IN PRACTICE YOU¡¯RE ALLOWED TO KILL ME?! ¡°Good. So how about it, Shiro? That¡¯s your power. In tradition, when you get your own power, you¡¯re obliged to name it. Raphael, what¡¯s yours?¡± Dad said. The story has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the violation.Raphael crossed his arms and said, ¡°Paradox. My skills are manipulating time, some of it are like doing it again and again, that¡¯s why I called it ¡®Paradox¡¯.¡± ¡°And you Kuro?¡± Dad asked. ¡°Mine is, Incineration. My set of skills are mostly involving flames, and creating things with it. So I call it Incineration.¡± She said. It made me think, I didn¡¯t get to use any magic, right? So does that mean I don¡¯t have any magic? ¡°Dad, I didn¡¯t use any magic. So I can¡¯t come up with a name because I don¡¯t know what my skill sets are.¡± I said. ¡°Did you forget already? I told you that your skills are mostly enhancements, and you used magic earlier but you didn¡¯t notice it.¡± Wait, really? ¡°W-What kind of magic? I thought I was using my physical strength that time?¡± I replied.¡°I told you, you used enhancement magic. I knew it the very first time I took your power. You¡¯re not wrong, you are using your physical strength at that time. When you used enhancement magic, you amplified your strength a lot more, so you still used some magic. But you know, that¡¯s some difficult magic. We don¡¯t know if your strength is weak, and your magic is the strong one or vice versa. To be sure, here.¡± Lucifer gave me a rock. He told me to crush it using two fingers. I used my thumb and my pinky to crush it, and it almost feels like I was playing with a tomato. I crushed it so easily. ¡°So, your strength is indeed strong. When you¡¯re just a human, you won¡¯t be able to do that. Now, try to add some magic in your hands.¡± He said. ¡°Can I do it? I didn¡¯t know how I activated my magic, I just thought of strengthening my body at that time, and then it did.¡± I said. ¡°Then do it.¡± He replied. Instead of strengthening my whole body, this time I focused only on my hand. I thought of strengthening it a lot more, and then my hand glows. ¡°So this is my magic¡­¡± Lucifer told me to punch the ground. I moved a little bit away from then and then I punched the ground. When I looked at it, I saw a very large crater. It was me on the middle. It almost covered the whole dike. ¡°Ah, my bad.¡± ¡°Now that¡¯s what your punches are alike earlier with Kuro.¡± My jaw dropped, I thought I¡¯m weak enough not to do any damage to her, but I guess she¡¯s really that strong. ¡°Then her punches are ten times more powerful than this.¡± I said. Kuro blushed and said, ¡°I-It¡¯s not like that! I was just carried away, that¡¯s all!¡± ¡°Yes, yes.¡± We three said harmoniously. ¡°Geez, Shiro-kun is idiot.¡± I held her hand and said that I was joking. Now I know how strong Kuro really is, so I don¡¯t have to worry. ¡°What should we do now Raphael-san?¡± I asked him. He looked at the sky and said, ¡°We¡¯ll go to Alagahad. We¡¯re taking back the people Azazel took away.¡± ¡°Alagahad? Is that¡ª¡± I said. ¡°¡ªYes. The floating palace of Asmoriths, Alagahad.¡± Kuro continued. I wasn¡¯t so sure about sending me just when I learned how to fight, but I can¡¯t do anything about it. People¡¯s lives are in danger. Those people even came from the school. Wait. Don¡¯t tell me they are¡ª ¡°Raphael-san! Those people, are they the teachers?!¡± I asked with a worried tone. Maybe that''s why we didn''t see any of them when we went to see Raphael. ¡°Yes. I told you, I was there. He didn¡¯t know that I was a teacher, I don¡¯t know why he choose to take teachers instead of normal people, but whatever his reason is, we must take them back.¡± Raphael said with an angry tone. ¡°Then how are we supposed to go to school tomorrow?¡± I asked. ¡°The principal isn¡¯t taken, and when the families noticed their missing members, they will alert the principal. Most likely that your classes tomorrow will be suspended, as long as the teachers are missing. That¡¯s the perfect time to go to Alagahad and strike.¡± Raphael answered. ¡°What if he didn¡¯t take them to Alagahad?¡± Kuro asked him. It made Raphael think for a second but he rejected Kuro¡¯s question. ¡°There¡¯s no way, if he didn¡¯t take them to Alagahad we might as well notice his strong aura, and even Asmoriths. I only notice demons around us and some angels.¡± ¡°For now, let¡¯s take a break and then you¡¯ll continue your fighting with Kuro.¡± Raphael told us. ¡°Then, I¡¯ll go now. Gotta do some other things.¡± Dad waved and started to walk away. ¡°What ¡®other things¡¯ dad?¡± I asked him. ¡°Things like, alerting the demons of the upcoming strike. I can¡¯t go with you, so instead I¡¯ll stay in hell. And I¡¯ll send some observers with you. So don¡¯t you worry about me.¡± Ah, I remember now. Azazel was angry with Lucifer even if Kuro¡¯s the one who killed his son. That¡¯s why he can¡¯t go. Anyways, we can do this. Taking them back is our priority, fighting them is another one. Also, we have a Demon, and an Archangel. If we¡¯re going to fight Asmoriths, then we¡¯ll trigger the chain of heaven. ¡°Hey, isn¡¯t it bad for us to go? Kuro¡¯s a demon, you¡¯re an Archangel. If we fought the Asmoriths then we¡¯ll trigger the Armageddon.¡± I told them. ¡°Shiro, it¡¯s my duty. I¡¯m not just an angel, I¡¯m also their co-worker. So I have to save them.¡± He replied. ¡°Shiro-kun, I want to go to school more with you. And that won¡¯t happen if we don¡¯t have any teachers. So we have to take them back, are you with me?¡± Kuro said to me. I sighed and said, ¡°Ah. You have a point. Well then, let¡¯s take a break.¡± After that, we fought a little more. Raphael taught me how to counter attacks, I told him about the moving-by-its-own effect of my magic, and he took advantage of that. He told me to just focus on attacking, and then that effect will be the one in-charge of defense. And then we went back home. It¡¯s strange, I¡¯m not tired after all that. Kuro went back to her room to sleep, and I spent some time looking at the ceiling. ¡°Tomorrow¡¯s the day, huh. I hope everything goes well.¡± And I slept. When I wake up, I felt something strange. It was a joint feeling of sensing both a demon and an angel. And then I realized, ¡°Asmoriths!¡± I stood up as fast as I can and went into Kuro¡¯s room, I didn¡¯t see her there. I went out of the house. And then I saw Kuro looking up into the sky. There was an angel, but its wings are gray instead of white. Now I¡¯m sure. That¡¯s an Asmorith. Kuro and Raphael didn¡¯t teach me about the aura of Asmoriths, since there¡¯s no Asmorith around. I ran towards Kuro and while looking at the sky, I asked her if she knows what is happening. I think it¡¯s around 9am at that time, luckily mom and the others were out since they still have some classes. Mom is the one taking them to school. ¡°The school called, classes are canceled.¡± As I thought. ¡°But this one, I don¡¯t know what an Asmorith is doing here.¡± I looked at him, he was flapping its wings like a bird in the sky and looking down on us. I knew he wasn¡¯t a strong Asmorith as he¡¯s not sending large amount of aura, he was like a decoy. Then a portal appeared right behind of him, and he flew inside of it and vanished. ¡°Kuro¡ª just now, that¡¯s an invitation, right?¡± I asked her. ¡°Yes. They¡¯re inviting us to go to their place. Call Raphael-san. We¡¯ll be going right now.¡± ¡°Call him? I don¡¯t have any number of him!¡± ¡°Idiot! Pray to him!¡± Pray? Ah! That¡¯s right! He¡¯s an Archangel. If you pray to him, he¡¯ll answer your prayers. Well, not all the time. ¡°Yes. I pray to you, the mighty Archangel Raphael. Please help us, we need your help now. Forgive me for asking this but, we really need you right now. Please come to us.¡± And just before I finished praying, a light appeared behind of us. As we turn around, we saw an angel. Wearing the clothes fit for an angel, while flapping his wings as he lands to the ground. ¡°So, what do you need?¡± he said. ¡°An Asmorith appeared, he¡¯s inviting us to go to Alagahad.¡± Raphael¡¯s eyes became angry, ¡°Ah. An Asmorith huh. Now that¡¯s what I want. Let¡¯s go, I¡¯ll open up a portal and when we go there, prepare for all kinds of things. From ambushes to instant annihilation.¡± What?! So, going there is the only choice but we also have to prepare for those kinds of things? Well, that¡¯s true. Since it¡¯s their territory, we¡¯re the invaders. And then, a dark portal appeared behind of us again, it appeared in the ground. Two Demons came outside of it. ¡°We¡¯re the demons lord Lucifer sent. We recognize the general, the boy we don¡¯t know. The angel, Raphael?¡± One of them said. ¡°I¡¯m Raphael demon, you should know your place.¡± He said. ¡°Yes, forgive me powerful one. We¡¯re just here because of the orders of our lord. It includes not hurting anyone who¡¯s a friend to our general.¡± The demons bowed to him. ¡°At ease.¡± Kuro told them. The demons stood up. ¡°Are we ready now?¡± Raphael asked us all. ¡°Yes.¡± We answered with a shout. ¡°Then let¡¯s go¡ª¡± ¡°¡ªTo Alagahad.¡± - End of Chapter 11 - “Well, then. Let’s kill some demons, shall we?â€� ¡°Then let¡¯s go, to Alagahad.¡± He entered the portal just by walking into it. You can¡¯t see anything on the portal, it¡¯s just light and there¡¯s nothing in it. I was looking around, what if people see us? But since it¡¯s Raphael, I know that he has already taken that in account. The demons went in next. Kuro and I were the ones who¡¯re left, Kuro held my hands and said, ¡°It¡¯s okay, Shiro-kun. We can do this. Come, let¡¯s go together.¡± She said. It made me lose all my nervousness, her hand holding mine is just enough to give me strength. And I know that she will protect me when something happens. ¡°Yes. Whatever happens, I¡¯ll always be with you. Okay?¡± I said. Kuro nodded and said, ¡°Me too.¡± And then we looked at the portal, and then walked into it. The feeling of crossing a portal is like crossing a waterfall, it doesn¡¯t hurt. But when you go inside, you can¡¯t see anything except light. At first, you¡¯ll be blind. And then the next thing that you will see is an image. And then after that, you will see the real place behind that portal. A palace made of floating rocks and stones was revealed to us, it was certainly big, just like the ones in the fairytales. ¡°This is strange. There¡¯s no Asmorith around us, only inside that castle. Stay alert, they may ambush us.¡± He said. ¡°Raphael-san, where do you think the teachers are right now?¡± Kuro asked. Raphael started to fly towards the castle. ¡°I don¡¯t know. I can¡¯t use my powers on clairvoyance, only by looking at the future and past a little bit. And it only shows major happenings. But what I know, is that we have to save them.¡± We followed Raphael until we landed in the huge door of the castle. The door is also made up of rocks, we can bust this thing out but Raphael didn¡¯t want us to do it. ¡°This really is strange. In my vision, this is where we started fighting the Asmoriths.¡± When he said that the door suddenly started to open. It made us all alert, we felt a strong aura of an Asmorith inside that door and many more Asmoriths. ¡°Everyone, prepare!¡± Raphael told us. We did our battle stance. Kuro¡¯s at the front, with the two demons beside her. Raphael was at the back and I¡¯m at the middle. And then, what we see after that made us all stiff. ¡°They¡¯re having¡­ a banquet?¡± Kuro said. Yes, the Asmoriths are eating inside. While the strong aura that we¡¯re feeling is the Asmorith that was sitting on the throne in far front of us. He has two Asmoriths beside him, it was Zecharias and Mordecai. The Asmorith stood up and said, ¡°Welcome to my palace, dear guests. I see that you received my invitation.¡± All the other Asmoriths stood up too and clapped their hands. ¡°What¡¯s this?¡± I whispered to Raphael. ¡°I don¡¯t know, but judging on their numbers, we can¡¯t win.¡± He replied. ¡°But they¡¯re eating!¡± I said again. ¡°That doesn¡¯t matter!¡± he replied. The man looked at us and he saw us two fighting, ¡°Ah, if you¡¯re thinking about fighting us, then don¡¯t bother. We don¡¯t want any fights inside my castle. It is prohibited even with my own kin.¡± He said. The Asmoriths sat down and continued eating. The man walked towards us. When he was right in front of Kuro he said, ¡°Don¡¯t worry. We won¡¯t do anything. I have received Lord Lucifer¡¯s warning when my two soldiers assaulted you. I¡¯m sorry for what they have done, please forgive them.¡± And he bowed to us. Kuro, being a general knows what it means when a higher-ranking official bowed at her. Kuro fixed her stance, she stands up and then bows too. ¡°We forgive you and your soldiers. Please, if we may ask.¡± They stopped bowing and looked at each other. ¡°You can.¡± ¡°Did you take the teachers of our school? If yes, why?¡± Azazel clapped his hands. And then people came from behind him. It was the teachers. ¡°I took them over to invite you, otherwise you won¡¯t be coming if I just send in an Asmorith. Also, I didn¡¯t do anything about them. You can rest easy.¡± The teachers are not scared, in fact they are having fun. Do they know that they have classes to attend to? Also if the word spread about Asmoriths, what would Azazel do? ¡°This is so ridiculous.¡± Raphael said. ¡°What¡¯s so ridiculous, Raphael?¡± Azazel replied. Raphael walked towards the front to Azazel. He stopped face to face to him. ¡°You didn¡¯t just take them because you want us to come. You took them in order to have prisoners. That way, we couldn¡¯t do anything since you have them. If we fight, you¡¯ll kill them, right?¡± Raphael said to him. Azazel looked in his eyes and then he closed his eyes. And he laughed. ¡°I didn¡¯t think of that! Thank you for telling me! Now, without further ado, let¡¯s all eat our food.¡± Azazel said. He didn¡¯t care about what Raphael said to him, instead he insisted on us eating. He¡¯s not a bad guy. In fact, we¡¯re the bad ones. We barged in, we accused them, we doubt them inside their own place. While they were eating. Who¡¯s the bad guy now? Since we have no choice, even if Raphael is pissed at him, he still told us to go and follow Azazel. Ah, I remember. We didn¡¯t have any breakfast, we slept late and Alicia didn¡¯t wake us up. Maybe she knew we were tired, that¡¯s why she didn¡¯t wake us. Anyways, we went to an empty table. The demons didn¡¯t say anything to us, they just boldly follow orders. I hate it, they have their own personality so why? The teachers that we saw earlier were eating next to us, Raphael went to their table and asked them some questions. He asked them if someone did something to them, they answered no. They took them without saying anything, and when they knew it, they were already here. They were told that they¡¯re here because some guests will come, and they need them to stay. Confusing enough, why did they accept it? I know that they have classes today, they know it too. But why did they just accept it? It¡¯s so strange. Raphael asked them what happened after that, they told him that they were fed, given place to sleep and then asked them questions about humans. Raphael was kinda amazed, ¡°These Asmoriths really did nothing to them.¡± He said. Then he came back on our table with a relieved face. ¡°I¡¯m happy that they didn¡¯t do anything to them. But¡­ I just can¡¯t trust them enough.¡± He said.Support creative writers by reading their stories on Royal Road, not stolen versions. I patted his shoulders and replied, ¡°Me too, we just wanted to be sure.¡± He can be really worried sometimes, even though he has such a badass aura around him, what we saw when he¡¯s a teacher is what he really is, sometimes. ¡°Then, let¡¯s all eat.¡± He said. ¡°We¡¯re awready eashing.¡± Kuro said with a muffled voice, she¡¯s already eating. This girl, sighs. I took a bit on their curry. My eyes widened with an ¡°I CAN¡¯T BELIEVE THIS¡± expression. ¡°Their food here is delicious!¡± I said. The demons nodded and ate. Raphael didn¡¯t answer since he¡¯s chomping down his food just like Kuro. And then, an Asmorith came near us. It was Mordecai. ¡°Hello my good friends!¡± he said. Kuro looked at him with sharp eyes with food in her mouth. ¡°Wash shou you need?¡± she said. Mordecai laughed a bit and said, ¡°I¡¯m sorry for intrusion, you can continue your feast while I¡¯m talking. The truth is, I advised lord Azazel to invite you here, we didn¡¯t want any misunderstanding with you all.¡± ¡°But you took our teachers. And then you said you don¡¯t want us to misunderstand?¡± I said. ¡°Ah, that is¡­¡± I drank the water beside my plate and said, ¡°Hey, does Azazel still wanting to kill me? Or my father?¡± Mordecai¡¯s expression became serious. ¡°Yes. He badly wants to kill your father. Or just capture you, since we need you. But it looks like it¡¯s impossible. I can¡¯t beat the general even if she¡¯s just using some demonic powers, and you have Lucifer¡¯s demons, interesting enough that they are as strong as a 2nd class demon, no, maybe they are. And also, an Archangel. There¡¯s no point in explaining that now.¡± ¡°Why does he badly want us? What happened to him? He just¡ª¡± ¡°He just lost his son. Well, it¡¯s not ¡®just¡¯ anymore since it¡¯s two thousand years ago. But still, have you ever lost someone in your life? Have you ever felt happy when they are gone? Because him, he didn¡¯t. He always feels guilt that he can¡¯t be there when his son was born, he felt guilty because his own son killed his mother. He lost everything, and when he learned that you were born, he felt relieved because finally, he can have his revenge. But I advised him not to, and he ordered us instead to just observe you. And then here¡¯s now.¡± What he said made me think. I lost my dad when I was young, I didn¡¯t know what to do. I just do what I always do but deep inside, I really wanted to see him. That feeling, maybe Azazel feels it too. ¡°I¡¯m sorry.¡± I said. ¡°Even if you say sorry, his son will not come back. But even so, he¡¯s still here, being a king to us all. If he hadn¡¯t, then we wouldn¡¯t be living this way now.¡± He replied. Yes, that¡¯s right. In Azazel¡¯s case, his son will never come back. My dad came back after six years, and I became so angry at him. But Azazel, his son will never come back. Now I know why he was angry at my father, even if Kuro was the one who killed Azazel¡¯s son. ¡°That¡¯s all, enjoy your meal.¡± Mordecai added. He bowed to us and then walked towards the throne. And then, we ate our food. Kuro was definitely hungry at that time as she doesn¡¯t care about anything, she just continues to eat it all. The other Asmoriths that was finished eating their meals gave thanks to Azazel, they bow at him and then went out. All the Asmoriths except Mordecai, Zecharias and Azazel is gone. The teachers, and we five are the only ones that was left in the big hall. Then, we finished eating all. As thanks, we all went to Azazel and said thanks. ¡°Thank you for giving us such a meal, what can we do in order to pay you back?¡± Kuro said to him. Azazel stopped for a second to think. And he said, ¡°It¡¯s okay, I just have a little question to that boy beside you, general.¡± Kuro thought for a second, she said that she wanted to talk to me first, so we did. ¡°What¡¯s the problem, Kuro?¡± I asked her. She whispered at my ear and said, ¡°I received an order from master, he said I need to go to his place right now. It seems like your dad¡¯s situation is dire, because he wouldn¡¯t order me to go back and help him when your safety is his number one¡¯s priority.¡± I was surprised, what happened to him? Is he okay? I don¡¯t know. But if he needs his general, then I won¡¯t have any problem with it. ¡°It¡¯s all right, you can go. I¡¯ll take care of my own for now, but be sure to get back okay?¡± I said. ¡°Yes. I¡¯ll be back, Shiro-kun.¡± She kissed me on my cheeks and then we went together towards the throne. ¡°You can ask Shiro-kun anything now, but first, I should be on my way. I have something to attend to, please understand.¡± She said. Azazel nodded. Kuro went outside the castle, and she flew towards the portal Raphael made. When she got out of Alagahad, we continued to talk. ¡°So, what is it that you wanted to ask of me, Azazel?¡± I said to him. Azazel closed his eyes and said, ¡°Would you¡­ stay here at Alagahad?¡± Raphael was surprised, he can¡¯t believe what Azazel just said to me. I was surprised too, I never knew that my dad¡¯s enemy would ask me this thing. To be honest, is this the reason why he invited us here? To ask me a question when he already knows the answer? ¡°You could be a prince, I¡¯ll teach you everything you want to learn. You want to learn how to fight? I¡¯ll teach you. Whatever you want, I¡¯ll give it to you.¡± He added. But of course, I answered with a no. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, but I already have a place to stay. It is on earth. Also, I already have a teacher, it¡¯s Raphael-sensei. And most of all, I already have everything I need, when I met Kuro. So, forgive me but, I have to say no for your question.¡± I smiled. Azazel stopped for a second. He hid his face and said, ¡°That¡¯s a waste, I thought I would get a yes for an answer, but it seems like you already have everything that I can offer from the very first time. It¡¯s sad but, we have to move on. Anyways, the Armageddon¡ª¡± When he said that, I became serious towards him. He removed his hand on his head and continued, ¡°¡ªwon¡¯t happen. Why? Because we Asmoriths, are pledging for peace with you all. We don¡¯t want any war anymore, and about my son, I already moved on. Inviting you here without killing you is the proof that I have already moved on.¡± I was surprised, that means the Armageddon won¡¯t happen anymore, and Raphael¡¯s foresight is wrong. Raphael walked towards him and said, ¡°Do you, Azazel, really mean what you just said?¡± Azazel looked at him and said, ¡°Yes, Archangel Raphael. I swear in the name of God; my brethren will never release their powers on anyone. Except for other beings who attack us first. But the important thing is, we won¡¯t let Armageddon happen again. I don¡¯t want to see an innocent boy get killed again for the sake of having his power, or suppressing his power for all of the world¡¯s gain.¡± Azazel looked at me and smiled, Zecharias went down and bowed at me, ¡°I¡¯m very sorry for what I have done, would you please forgive me?¡± he looked up at me with sad eyes, he really means it. ¡°Yes, I forgive you. So stand up.¡± I said. ¡°Thank you so much.¡± And then he stood up and went back to the throne. Everyone was happy with it, Raphael, who just wanted to save the teachers, saved the world because of a pledge that the Lord of the Asmoriths made, and the demons, who just wanted to protect me was happy too because they didn¡¯t have to hurt anyone, even if they¡¯re just following the orders of their master. And me too. I want everyone to be happy, if everyone is happy, then I¡¯ll be happy too. ¡°And by that, the Asmoriths and the Demon Clan of Lucifer, and the Angels will have peace towards each other, in all times.¡± Azazel proudly announced it. Raphael released his wings, and light came from them. Raphael¡¯s eyes brightened, it was as if something was controlling him. Then he talked, ¡°Azazel, the Angels of heaven recognizes your announcement. From now on, the Angels and the Asmoriths will have an alliance, do you agree?¡± Azazel went down the throne and said, ¡°I agree. Archangel Michael.¡± It was Michael, the one who spoke through Raphael was Michael. And then Raphael slowly descends downwards. ¡°So, that¡¯s it. We shall go now, thank you for inviting us on your banquet, brother.¡± Raphael said to him. Azazel became silent, maybe because of what Raphael referred to him. I looked at Raphael, he was serious when he said that. And then, I looked at Azazel. He was crying. ¡°Brother¡­ it¡¯s been so long, since someone said that word to me.¡± He said. Mordecai and Zecharias helped him when he cried. Raphael looked at me and said, ¡°Let¡¯s go now, Shiro. The teachers are confused at what¡¯s happening. If we don¡¯t go back, they¡¯ll be confused more.¡± ¡°Wait. As payment, I¡¯ll erase all the teachers¡¯ memories from yesterday up until now.¡± It was Azazel, he said that he would erase our teachers¡¯ memories, as payment for what Raphael had called him. Small price to pay, eh? Azazel casted a spell towards the teachers, and then they all fell asleep. Raphael told the demons to take care of them, he opened a portal to the school and the demons brought them there. ¡°Well then, let¡¯s go.¡± I said. I entered the portal and helped the demons, the teachers were all unconscious and was brought into their respective desks, Raphael also pretended to be unconscious, in order to know what will the teachers say. When they woke up, they were confused, they forgot everything, the people told them that they were missing for a day, and they don¡¯t believe it since they were just there at the faculty, sleeping. After that, the demons and I went to my house. We¡¯re at the front of it when they said, ¡°Shiro-sama, Lord Lucifer told us to go to hell, we already reported him about what happened. That¡¯s why he¡¯s ordering us to go back.¡± ¡°Yes, you can go.¡± I replied. Then, they blinked and then vanished. ¡°Ah, the Armageddon, it won¡¯t happen now.¡± I said while smiling. And when I was about to open the door, I felt an aura behind me. And this aura, has a killing intent focused on me. I turned around and enhanced my body. It was a demon, he has a sword and was about to slice me with it. I held his sword, it was so close to my face. And I broke it with my hands. And then I punched his face, and then he fell down to the ground. I asked him, ¡°Who are you? Are you Lucifer¡¯s demon? Why are you attacking me?¡± The demon stood up and laughed, ¡°I¡¯m not Lucifer¡¯s demon. I¡¯m a demon of the Dark Lord. And I came here to kill humans. And look what I got here, not an ordinary human, are you?¡± he said. My eyes widened, "Why are you here?¡± The demon answered, "Did you think that I''ll tell you the reason?" He pissed me so I held his neck by both of my hands. "A-Ah! Sorry! Please don''t kill me!" He said while trying to get out of my grip on his neck. "Then tell me, why are you here? How did you get here?" The demon answered, ¡°Lucifer is guarding the hell¡¯s gate, and the only way to get out of hell is go to through it. Lord Sanata can go through it anytime she wants, and we, the lesser demons can¡¯t. So, she ordered us to pressure Lucifer¡¯s army, and too bad. They are almost wiped out. I was one of the demons who got out of hell since they¡¯re too busy fighting the other demons.¡± Ah, that''s it. ¡°Thanks for the info!¡± I punched him to the ground, and his body vanished. ¡°Ah¡­ I killed him. Anyways, he said he was here to kill humans, so killing him is the best choice. Now¡­¡± I used Presence Sensing to sense other demons, it seems like a lot of them came out. I don¡¯t know where the gate of hell is located, but what I know is that I should kill these demons, because they¡¯re here to kill humans. And then I set myself to jump and said, ¡°Well, then. Let¡¯s kill some demons, shall we?¡± - End of Chapter 12 - “Now then, this’ll be fun, right?â€� I stretched a little bit and prepared myself to jump. ¡°Well, then. Let¡¯s kill some demons, shall we?¡± And then I jumped towards the closest demon. I can feel his aura moving slowly on the street, but I can barely see him from the sky. And then I realized, ¡°What if I enhance my sight?¡± So I tried. I closed my eyes, and as I open it, I said these words: ¡°Enhance¡­ Eyesight!¡± My eyes glowed with light, it almost feels like a built-in microscope was activated in my eyes. The world that I see became much clearer, it looks more beautiful than what you can see with the naked eye. I can see insects from a mile, I can see the water that were flowing from the leaves. It was so beautiful. It makes me want to stay up in the air and observe them all. But I can¡¯t. As long as those demons are living, I can¡¯t observe. People are my first priority. So I stopped looking at things that were unnecessary and started looking at where the auras are coming from. There are three demons right now, the first and the closest one is casually walking and talking to himself, it feels like he doesn¡¯t care about what¡¯s happening. Since he''s the closest and the one with the less guard, I jumped at his place. And now, I descended in front of the demon that was walking. The impact was so strong that it broke the road and made a crater. The demon was so surprised, he didn¡¯t expect someone to come. Well, for a demon that was releasing his aura, that should be expected right? ¡°W-W-What is this?!¡± he said. I slowly stood up with my eyes glowing red like a demon¡¯s. I pointed at him and he shivered. ¡°Hoi. Are you a demon of Lucifer or Sanata? Answer me right now.¡± The demon was confused, it almost feels like he didn''t know what happened. ¡°W-What do you mean?! How did you know that I am a demon?!¡± he said. I walked towards him and pulled his collar. ¡°I have no time for that, just answer me.¡± He looked at me for a second but he averted his eyes and used his hands to try and release my grip on his collar. I looked at him with bloody eyes, and I saw fear. ¡°Did I overdo it?¡± I said to myself. He heard what I said, but he ignored it. After few seconds of struggling, he stopped. It seems like he gave up. He raised his hands and looked at me with begging eyes. ¡°I-I got it! Just release me first!¡± he said. So I released my grip from his collar and dropped him on the ground. I kneeled so that I could talk to him. ¡°So, who¡¯s your lord? Sanata or Lucifer?¡± I said to him. But he was still panting at that time, so I figured that he wouldn¡¯t answer right away. So I stood up, and realized that I am wasting my time. I should just go to another place. But I can¡¯t leave this demon alone. Ah, what should I do, Kuro? As I said that to myself, the demon stood up right before I jump and said: ¡°I am no one¡¯s demon! I don¡¯t have any lord, in fact, I don¡¯t need one!¡± Ah, he¡¯s getting on my nerves. He should¡¯ve just told me who¡¯s his master. Pissed, I grabbed his clothes and said, ¡°Let¡¯s go. I told you I don¡¯t have the time.¡± He was surprised, he gave an ¡°what?¡± expression as I lift him up. ¡°Wai¡ª What are you doing?!¡± he said. I prepared to jump, and he was struggling. ¡°Shut up.¡± I said to him. And then I jumped, while on the air he looked at me and said, ¡°Why did you jump?! Where are you taking me?!¡± I looked at him, but I ignored his question. ¡°Hoi! Why are you ignoring me?!¡± he said. Ah, this demon. If he doesn¡¯t have any lord, then he might as well join me in this. He doesn¡¯t seem like a bad demon, but he¡¯s still a demon. So I can¡¯t just let him wander free. I don¡¯t even know why he¡¯s different from what the demon earlier had said to me; he¡¯s not killing any humans. I will ask him later if we have the time. For now, I should explain to him what is happening. I need him to trust me. What if a strong demon appeared when I¡¯m alone? I might die. Being with another demon might lessen the chance of me dying, and hasten the killings of demons that escaped from hell. While flying, I talked to him and explained what we¡¯re about to do. ¡°We¡¯re going to kill demons of Sanata. Since you¡¯re a demon, you already know what kind of a lord Sanata is, she¡¯s ordering the demons to kill the humans. If we let them be, they¡¯ll massacre all the humans here. And since you wasted some of my time, you¡¯re going with me.¡± When he heard that, he became serious for a second. I don¡¯t know why, but it seems like he¡¯s angry. Strange. He really isn¡¯t just a normal demon. Anyways, as I explained that to him, the aura of the demon that we felt became closer and closer. ¡°There.¡± I pointed at the demon who¡¯s in front of the house. The demon beside me gulped, and then prepared for descending. ¡°We¡¯ll ask him who is his lord, if he¡¯s a demon of Lucifer, we¡¯ll not kill him. If he¡¯s a demon of Sanata, kill him without mercy.¡± He looked shocked when I said that we should kill the demons of Sanata without mercy. ¡°Wait! Why should I do that?!¡± I looked at him with my eyes full of seriousness, ¡°You are going to do it. Since you didn¡¯t answer my question and you wasted my time. While we¡¯re talking, demons are already killing humans. And if some of them die, then it¡¯s all my fault since I didn¡¯t save them. And also yours, since you wasted my time talking.¡± And then we landed on the ground. We landed right behind the demon that was standing in front of the house. The demon this time is different, he sensed us so he turned around and put on his guard. The smoke from the impact covered us both, while standing up, I talked to the demon in front of us. ¡°You. Whose army are you serving? Sanata or Lucifer?¡± The demon in front of us was surprised. He smiled and then talked, ¡°I serve only one lord, and it is Sanata. You, what kind are you? I don¡¯t sense that you¡¯re an angel, Asmorith? No, maybe a demon, but¡ª¡± I stopped him just before he says anything else and answered, ¡°I¡¯m a Nephilim. Son of Lucifer. And I¡¯m here to kill demons who escaped hell. If you¡¯re here because you¡¯re going to kill humans, then I have no choice but to kill you.¡± The demon laughed and released his wings, ¡°You¡¯re too late, Nephilim. I already killed some. They¡¯re so much fun to kill, and as they scream out of pain, my powers grow stronger and stronger¡ª¡± But right before he finishes, a chain appeared behind him through a small portal that made him unable to move. ¡°Caihnu. Demon Bind.¡± The demon beside me casted a spell. I don¡¯t know why, but he did it on his own accord. I clenched my fists and said: ¡°Thanks, now I just have to kill this hell of a demon.¡± The demon beside me stood up, he looked angry. ¡°I am a demon myself, but I still love humans. We are guardians, even if we are born from their hatred, or all of their evil feelings, we are still their guides. Even if we guide them to evil. We don¡¯t have any rights to kill humans.¡± He said. Ironic, since demons drives humans into evil, being evil means being closer to death, and death means killing. Basically, they¡¯re the ones who kills humans. But still, the demon beside me looked pissed. I¡¯m also angry at him, I was too late. I couldn¡¯t save them, I should¡¯ve have saved them, but I couldn¡¯t. It made me angry, being unable to save them made me angry so much it made me hate myself. I couldn¡¯t stop the hatred, so I walked towards the chained demon. With my fists burning with anger, I walked towards him. But when I looked at the chained demon, I saw him smile. What does that mean? And then I realized, ¡°Shit!¡± The demon released himself, he broke the chains that was holding him. The chains were indeed strong, but it could still be broken. Earlier, that demon couldn¡¯t do it. But since I felt hatred towards him, it made him stronger. ¡°Thanks for hating me.¡± He said. After that, he released his demonic powers and then the whole area exploded. ¡°Damn! I don¡¯t have time for this!¡± I shouted in anger while I jumped out of the way. I realized something, ¡°Hey demon!¡± I shouted to the demon that was with me. The demon beside me was inside the explosion. I forgot to take him. That explosion was strong that my instincts made me jump without thinking anything else. But when the smoke thinned out, I saw a red globe covering him. ¡°I have a name.¡± he said. I facepalmed, ¡°I forgot, you¡¯re also a demon.¡± The globe protected him from the explosion. ¡°My name¡¯s Cairn.¡± He said. ¡°I wasn¡¯t asking!¡± I replied. ¡°It is more convenient if we talk while knowing our names. So what¡¯s your name?¡± he said. The globe vanished. The demon that was in front of us earlier activated his arcana, and he¡¯s charging his powers. ¡°Is this the right time for that?!¡± I shouted at him. He smiled and said; ¡°Of course.¡± The demon shouted with rage and blinked right behind Cairn. ¡°You¡ª¡± The demon behind cairn was about to slice him with his sword. But then, chains came behind the demon. My body moved on its own accord, it jumped towards the demon. ¡°Demon Bind. You¡¯re persistent, aren¡¯t you?¡± Cairn said to the demon. And then I punched the demon, with my momentum from the jump and the enhancement of my strength, my punch was able to pierce through the demon¡¯s body. The demon was surprised. He was so close to slicing Cairn¡¯s head. ¡°Y-You¡­ who are you?!¡± he looked at me when he said that. I sighed and replied to him; ¡°I told you earlier. I¡¯m a Nephilim. The son of Lucifer.¡± He looked surprised. His face tells me that he didn¡¯t realized it. And then his body started to vanish, it started from his feet upwards. But right before he vanished, he said with his face smiling; ¡°I didn¡¯t take it seriously. I thought you were kidding, since a true Nephilim was supposed to be one hundred times stronger than you, and since I thought you were weak, I underestimated you. The truth is, I didn¡¯t kill any humans. I hesitated to kill them, I stood right in front of their house for hours, deciding if I would kill them or not. But then, you came. Even so, I learned my lesson¡ª" I was surprised, I released my hand from his body and looked at him with pity. He is saying the truth. ¡°¡ªto not lie, and to not hesitate. Thanks for pointing that out for me. Well then, off I go.¡± Then his body started to vanish faster. It was strange. Because the first time I killed a demon earlier he vanished right away, maybe it¡¯s because of the strength difference? I don¡¯t know. But even so, I felt guilty because of what I did. ¡°I¡¯m sorry.¡± I said with all my heart. And then he vanished. The chains that was holding him fell to the ground and vanished a while later. ¡°So, what are we going to do now?¡± Cairn said. I looked at him and said: ¡°We¡¯re still going to find the demons that escaped. This time, we¡¯ll show mercy.¡± Cairn was surprised. But he closed his eyes and nodded in agreement. We should have given him a little consideration, even if he lied to us. But so, considering the time that we fought that demon, we wasted so much of time. Would it be faster if we both go on separate ways than to go together? ¡°Hey Cairn, what if we go on separate ways? It¡¯ll be faster right? Also, you can sense demons too, right?¡± I asked. He stopped for a second and to think. Ensure your favorite authors get the support they deserve. Read this novel on the original website. ¡°I can¡¯t. I may be a demon but I¡¯m not that strong, if I have to fight a demon head-on, I¡¯ll surely lose since I only have sets of supporting magic. It¡¯s better if I went with you.¡± Ah, he¡¯s right. And so I grabbed his back and then jumped towards the sky. We wasted too much time, so I¡¯m expecting that these demons have already done something. I¡¯m not expecting a thing like earlier, since it¡¯s very rare for a demon to hesitate killing humans. While on the air, we saw a demon flying. Cairn couldn¡¯t see it, but I can. And so, I pointed the demon. ¡°Let¡¯s bring down this demon first.¡± I said. I saw the demon holding a human boy. ¡°Tch.¡± I said. It¡¯s because we¡¯re already descending, and I can¡¯t go up since there¡¯s nothing to jump on. ¡°Hoi, release me.¡± Cairn said. I gave him a ¡°what?¡± expression. But we¡¯re already falling, if the demon notices us, it¡¯ll be too late to save the boy. So I trusted him. I released him, and he released his wings. ¡°Ah. I forgot that you can fly.¡± I said with a dumb face. Cairn grabbed me and our position changed. ¡°Cairn, let¡¯s go.¡± I said. Cairn flew towards the demon as fast as he can. While going straight towards it, I used Enhanced Eyesight to look at the condition of the boy. The child was crying, he is scared. I don¡¯t know what happened, but you can see the child¡¯s pain through his eyes and his cries. He cries like a baby, the one who¡¯s separated by her mother. If that is what it¡¯s like, then he might have witnessed the killing of her mother, or maybe even her family. ¡°We¡¯re too late.¡± I said to myself. I felt anger towards myself for not being able to save the humans again, but this time I used that hatred as a booster for my power. Even though I used it as a booster, the demon was still able to feel that hatred. He looked towards us, and then realized that we¡¯re chasing him. He flew faster after that while still holding the kid. At this rate, we wouldn¡¯t be able to get closer towards the demon. ¡°Cairn! Can¡¯t you teleport?¡± I asked. ¡°I couldn¡¯t, without stepping on the ground, I couldn¡¯t teleport. Also I need to have a stepping stone on where I would teleport, that¡¯s the requirement for teleportation.¡± He replied. Then we really can¡¯t save that¡ª Ah. I know how now. ¡°Cairn. Throw me.¡± Cairn was expressionless as he said ¡°Yes?¡± to me. ¡°Just throw me towards that demon. Be fast, we don¡¯t have the time.¡± I said. He just nodded and then casted a spell. ¡°Exos, Blast!¡± An explosion appeared behind me, and it boosted me towards the demon. ¡°I TOLD YOU TO THROW ME, NOT MAKE ME EXPLODE!¡± I shouted. ¡°Hehe, I¡¯m sorry.¡± He replied. I thought he didn¡¯t have any firepower, what is that now? Anyways, I hit the demon in the face with my head, and while he¡¯s unable to react, I grabbed the child from his hands and also grabbed his collar, and then threw him towards Cairn. ¡°HAHAHAH! PAYBACK!¡± I shouted. ¡°What?!¡± he said in surprise. And then Cairn tried to fly but he got hit by the demon. ¡°Cairn! Bind him! And go to the ground!¡± I said while descending. I looked at the child that was on my hands, and he seems like he had calmed down. The child stopped crying and looked at me with sad eyes. ¡°Kid, what happened? Did that demon hurt your family?¡± I asked. The child nodded, and he started to cry again. ¡°He¡­ he killed mom¡­ and my brother¡­ I was¡­ I was so afraid¡­ and then he took me¡­ he said he wanted me to be like him¡­¡± the child said. What I heard was unforgiveable. There¡¯s no need to ask if that demon is Lucifer¡¯s or Sanata¡¯s, as he did kill humans. It made me so angry that the child became afraid, I noticed him so I said sorry. I patted him in the head again. And then we landed on the ground. The first thing that came into my mind was the boy is not safe with me, if I bring him with me, then he¡¯ll be on our way. So first thing¡¯s first. I should take him to the closest police station. I looked around, I saw people looking at me. ¡°My bad.¡± I said. I walked towards the nearby woman, she looked afraid. But when she saw me with a child, she knew it was something that needed a mother¡¯s help. I asked her if she could help the child go to the police station, and also do not mention anything about me falling down from the sky. She accepted it, so I prepared to jump towards Cairn. But right before I did that, the kid held my hand and said, ¡°Thank you, mister.¡± I was surprised. Although it is expected since I saved him. But I was still surprised. Since it¡¯s the first time that I saved a human, after being powerless and being unable to save anyone else. He¡¯s the first human that I saved. ¡°You¡¯re welcome. Be a good kid, okay?¡± I said. I patted him in the head, and he nodded. He also smiled at me. I smiled back at him and prepared to jump. I closed my eyes to feel the aura of Cairn and the demon. It seems like they¡¯re not moving. I opened my eyes and jumped towards them. While in the air, I used Enhanced Eyesight again to look at both of them. Cairn is just crossing his arms, waiting for me to come. While the demon was completely bind by his chains. I descended towards them, luckily there was no people around that area. I should keep people from knowing what is happening right now, for it will only bring fear and chaos if they knew that demons are escaping from hell. And then I made an exciting entrance, I did the meteor-entrance again. I walked towards the demon and asked him, ¡°You killed that boy¡¯s family, right?¡± But the demon didn¡¯t answer. He just looked at the ground. I can¡¯t kill him if he doesn¡¯t admit it. I said earlier that we should give them some mercy, even if they don¡¯t deserve it. ¡°If you don¡¯t answer, I¡¯ll kill you.¡± I added. The demon shrieked in fear. Seriously, are you demons? Why are you afraid of dying? The demon nodded his head and said, ¡°Y-Yes¡­ I killed his family. It was per orders of my lord, Sanata. Please, do not kill me. I¡¯ll do anything¡­ please¡ª¡± But right before he finished, I ripped his heart out. Strange. For a normal high school boy like me, I should be afraid of doing this kind of things. Earlier too, when I first killed a demon. Instead of being happy, I should be afraid. What is happening to me? The demon started to choke, as his body starts to vanish. ¡°Sorry. You deserved it, you killed those humans. Now you pay with your life, there¡¯s no other way.¡± I said. And then he vanished. I fell on my knees at that time, realized the thing that I have done. ¡°This isn¡¯t normal. I should feel guilty for killing him. Why couldn¡¯t I feel anything!?¡± I asked. Cairn was in front of me that time. As I ask that to myself, he walked towards me. ¡°Hey, I still didn¡¯t get your name. But anyways, maybe being together with a demon is what made you feel like that, killing won¡¯t give you any guilt, it would just fuel up your anger.¡± He said. And I realized that he was right. I didn¡¯t feel any guilt when I killed that demon, in the first one too. The second time was an exception, I really did feel guilt when I killed him. Even so, Cairn was right. Being together with a demon is what made me feel like this. But it only is because of Cairn. When I¡¯m with Kuro, I still feel things like happiness, pity, guilt, and everything. Why is it so different when I¡¯m with a different demon too? I don¡¯t know. And I don¡¯t have the time to know. I stood up and used Presence Sensing. There¡¯s no aura of demons for now. But I¡¯m sure that there will be another demon who¡¯ll appear. For now, I should go and find Raphael, to let him know what happened. Kuro is in hell right now, I can¡¯t call her back since it¡¯s very urgent. Dad is at hell right now too, so that means I¡¯m the only one who¡¯s free to kill these demons. Oh, I forgot about Raphael. I should go to where he is right now¡ª ¡°Shiro?¡± a familiar voice was heard. I turned around and looked from where it came from. I saw a man, in a suit. It was a teacher. No other than Raphael-sensei. ¡°Raphael-san! Thank goodness you¡¯re here, I don¡¯t have to find you! Listen, I will explain everything¡ª¡± But right before I finish talking, killing intent was focused behind me. It was focused on Cairn. Raphael noticed him, so he focused his aura unto Cairn. ¡°Ah¡­ Raphael-san¡­ He¡¯s not a bad demon, okay? He¡¯s just like you, well. On the opposite race but, he loves humans too. And he helped me kill the demons that escaped from hell.¡± I explained. As he listens to my explanation, he removed his intent on Cairn. And as I turned around to see what Cairn is doing, ¡°Save me¡­¡± Uhm. Cairn was crying. I laughed at him because he looks so cute when crying. Cairn was indeed a strong in par with demonic power, but it seems like he¡¯s weak when it comes to physical power. Aura sensing is both a physical and a magical skill, and since our Archangel-sama concentrated all of his aura on Cairn, he couldn¡¯t take it since it¡¯s not just an aura, it is filled with killing intent. I stopped my laugh and walked closer to Cairn. ¡°Hey. Don¡¯t worry, he¡¯s a friend of mine.¡± And I patted him on his head. ¡°There, there.¡± And then, he stopped crying. ¡°So, would you mind telling me who¡¯s that?¡± Raphael said while walking towards us. And then I looked at him and said ¡°hehe¡± with a smile. ¡°This demon¡¯s name is Cairn, I met him earlier when I was searching for demons that escaped hell. He¡¯s not one of them, but he¡¯s one of Sanata¡¯s demon. Oh, but he doesn¡¯t follow her anymore, it seems like he lived on this place for a long time on his own. He¡¯s like you, sensei.¡± When I explained that to him, Raphael sighed and then sat down in front of me and Cairn. ¡°How did they escape?¡± he said. ¡°Remember Kuro? Dad said to her that she¡¯s needed for something, it seems like she¡¯s helping dad fight the demons that were trying to escape hell at that time. Until now, since Kuro and Dad are not here, then maybe the fight is still on going. We need to be careful in releasing some powers, since we might activate Armageddon.¡± I said. Raphael closed his eyes to think, and he nodded. It seems like he realized it now. ¡°Sanata is trying to activate Armageddon.¡± Cairn said. Raphael¡¯s eyes widened and focused on Cairn, me too. ¡°What do you mean she¡¯s trying to activate it?¡± I replied. Cairn stood up and said, ¡°She wants to raid the heaven. And she can¡¯t do it without Armageddon. What will happen to the angels if the Armageddon is activated? The angels will be sent down to earth, right? Then that¡¯s the perfect chance for her to raid the heaven.¡± Raphael nodded in agreement, and added; ¡°Yes. Angels will be sent down to the earth to try and make things good as possible, that also happened two thousand years ago.¡± Even if the Armageddon last time was short, angels were still sent down to earth. Whoever governs them must be a wise being, even for that short time he did what he knew was right. ¡°So, what should we do now? I can¡¯t sense any demon right now.¡± I said. Raphael raised his hands. ¡°Yes, Raphael-sensei!¡± I said and then I pointed at him. ¡°What if we go to hell? To know what is happening? That way, we can also see Kuro and Lucifer. Are you okay with that?¡± he said. I was surprised, but I agreed. ¡°Hm¡­ it seems like you¡¯re right, sensei. But how can we go to hell? Do you know the gate of it?¡± I said. And then we both realized, and looked together at Cairn that was standing. ¡°Yes, yes. I¡¯ll show you to the gate of hell.¡± He said. And then we went instantly to that place. Raphael and I was surprised, the gate of hell isn¡¯t a gate. Even after living for millions of years, Raphael still didn¡¯t know what does the gate of hell looks like. This place, the lowest point of earth. Mariana Trench. The gate of hell is located at the bottom of it. We protected ourselves from the pressure of water by covering ourselves in a magic globe made my Cairn, and teleported instantly through Raphael¡¯s portal. Strange, if this is where they came from, how did they appear on the land? And to the same place on where are we located too? Then that means that the demons are only going at our place? What does that mean? I don¡¯t know what happened, why they only target our place, but what I know is that they kill humans. And that they need to be punished. ¡°Cairn, why is it quiet? I thought they are still fighting?¡± I said. ¡°I don¡¯t know, why are you asking me?¡± he replied. Well, the only way to know what is happening is to go to hell for real. ¡°So, we¡¯ll just jump here?¡± Raphael asked. Cairn nodded. He also proposed that we both should go first, since the gate of hell is Lucifer¡¯s domain, and if he appeared on it then he might get killed. And so, I was the first one. I jumped on it. When you look at it, you can only see a black hole, without anything inside of it. But when you go inside of it, you¡¯ll see everything. Demons everywhere, there¡¯s a ground, there are demons that are fighting, and there are many flames as well as souls wandering about on it. It seems like I really went inside of it. I used Enhanced Eyesight and used Presence Sensing, I sensed the strongest aura that I can feel, and I felt something on the ground. I used Enhanced Eyesight to look, and I saw Kuro. She was still fighting demons, I searched for another aura but only her aura is what I¡¯m able to feel. And so, I descended right behind of her. She felt my presence, but she didn¡¯t greet me. Instead she fought many demons all by herself. If you¡¯re one of the demons, you won¡¯t be able to tell who¡¯s your foe or who¡¯s your comrade, since they all wear the same thing. The only difference are the demons that wear their own Arcanas. I only stood up and did nothing since I don¡¯t know who¡¯s the enemy or the foe, but whoever attacks Kuro is a foe to me. I want to ask her what¡¯s happening, but that looks like impossible. She¡¯s busy killing other demons. Now if you look at it, she looks so beautiful when she¡¯s serious, isn¡¯t she? But it is kinda sad, I want to help her fight. But I couldn¡¯t do anything. As I stood up and watch her, Raphael came down with Cairn. Raphael realized it the first time he saw me just standing and looking at Kuro. ¡°Shiro! You look gloomy! Aren¡¯t you happy that you could see your wife now?!¡± he shouted. Kuro stopped for a second and turned around, ¡°Shiro-kun?!¡± she said. Wait. Did she notice my presence but she didn¡¯t know who I was? Damn, she¡¯s hungry for battle. ¡°Shiro-kun! Why are you here!?¡± she added. She ran towards me and hugged me. ¡°Sorry Shiro-kun, I didn¡¯t realize that it was you. I was so focused on battle that I didn¡¯t realize it was my love.¡± Somehow, when she said that I, felt relieved. I thought she prioritize battle than me, even after going through the trouble of going into hell for her. ¡°It¡¯s okay, Kuro. You should continue it, I¡¯ll wait. In fact, if I could help you in any way I¡¯ll do, I don¡¯t want to stand here and watch you get hurt.¡± I said. But Kuro disagreed. ¡°Shiro-kun. Leave this to me. I really am sorry. Oh and if you¡¯re looking for master, he went back to secure Alicia-san and the others, you can go there right now. I¡¯ll follow you later, after we fought the demons here back.¡± But when she said that, the demons that were charging suddenly went back and retreated. ¡°Kuro, look!¡± I pointed at them. She looked, she saw them retreating. ¡°Just what are they planning to do?¡± She said. ¡°We don¡¯t know. But this should suffice now. Kuro, you need to stay for a while. The demons here need a leader, and you¡¯re their general. Don¡¯t worry about me, I understand your situation. That¡¯s what it means to love someone. To understand them.¡± I said. Kuro looked at me with teary eyes, and then hugged me back. While Raphael, ¡°Ehem. Sorry for interrupting, but what really happened here? Why did they even start to charge all of a sudden?¡± He asked. ¡°Raphael-san, to be honest we don¡¯t know why, they just started fighting us all of a sudden, and we have to fight back. Some of them are persistent to go upwards, to escape hell but we managed to lessen their numbers. But still, some of them escaped.¡± I held Kuro¡¯s shoulders and said, ¡°Kuro, don¡¯t worry. We killed the ones who escaped. Me and this demon.¡± I pointed at Cairn. Kuro looked at the demon, but she ignored him. ¡°Shiro-kun, I trust you. But please be careful, okay?¡± I nodded, and then kissed her on her lips. She flew me upwards, in hell, you can¡¯t use any teleportation magic, only your wings. That explains why lesser demons couldn¡¯t escape, and even if they did, it¡¯s hard to make it through the top. We said goodbye, and then she went back to hell. Raphael teleported us along with Cairn at the house. When we teleported in front of the house, we felt Dad¡¯s aura, it seems like he¡¯s back. I opened the door, Cairn remained standing in front of the house while Raphael and I went inside. We saw dad, as well as mom and my siblings. They were talking. When dad saw us, he told mom to go upstairs as well as Midori and Kuma. He told them that he and I are going to talk about something, and they agreed. When they went out of sight, Dad started to talk. ¡°Shiro. You know what happened, right? About that, Sanata, she came right before it started happening. She said that she wants me to let them escape hell. Well, that¡¯s a dumb question, so I refused. But she laughed and said, ¡°I just needed you to let down your guard for a second.¡± And when she said that, the gate of hell opened. Some of the demon escaped instantly, it¡¯s most likely Sanata¡¯s closest demons, and some of them are just normal demons. I told you this, because I don¡¯t know what she is planning to do. I thought she would kill Alicia, but she didn¡¯t. I don¡¯t know what is she going to do.¡± He said. He looked sad when he said that, it¡¯s because he let the demons escaped, when it¡¯s his job to guard the hell. ¡°Dad. We¡¯re going to find her. Don¡¯t worry about it, just go back to hell, we¡¯re going to protect mom and the others. When we feel a strong aura, we won¡¯t hesitate to call you. Leave this to us. Raphael isn¡¯t a weak angel too, so don¡¯t ya worry!¡± I said with a smile on my face. Dad smiled back. This is the first time that I saw him become frustrated. But when we¡¯re just in the right mood, a shock was sent unto our bodies. Raphael, Dad, and me felt the shock. We looked at each other, but it doesn¡¯t feel like something happened inside. And then a voice came was heard inside our heads. It said; ¡°Help us¡­¡± It was a familiar voice. And then Raphael and I looked at each other and said, ¡°Azazel!¡± Raphael teleported us along with Cairn and Lucifer at Alagahad. We felt an aura so strong that it made us realize, the aura was from the demon lord. Along with her are the aura of Azazel, and another demon whose aura is as strong as Kuro. We opened the stone door, and it showed us Sanata, holding Azazel¡¯s cheeks and looking at his eyes. Azazel was chained down to every inch of his body, he¡¯s unable to do anything. The chain was giving a magic-cancel aura around it, so Azazel couldn¡¯t use any magic on it. Sanata turned her head and looked at us. Cairn prepared to cast a spell, Lucifer walked in front, and Raphael used his angelic garment. I was right behind dad when he walked. He stopped on the middle of the hall and said, ¡°What are you trying to do, demon?¡± Sanata walked downwards the throne on where Azazel sits, and she said, ¡°You are supposed to fight each other, Lucifer and Azazel. Hey, Lucifer gave the order to kill your son, right? Then why aren¡¯t you killing him? He¡¯s right here, why don¡¯t you kill him right now? If you¡¯ll kill him, I¡¯ll release you from those chains. So what¡¯s your answer?¡± she said. Azazel answered, ¡°It¡¯s¡­ all in the past¡­ there¡¯s no point on dwelling on it¡­ since it already happened¡­¡± Sanata walked again upwards the throne, she held Azazel¡¯s cheeks again. ¡°I knew you would say that. But still, you have a little hatred inside your heart, right? Let me amplify that.¡± She moved her face closer towards Azazel¡¯s. ¡°W-What are you¡ª¡± And then Sanata kissed Azazel. But as she does that, Azazel¡¯s body started to tremble, red lines started to appear from Azazel¡¯s mouth towards his neck, his arms, his legs, his body. And then, the chains that were holding him vanished, and Azazel stands up. It was like he was reborn, his aura became an aura of a demon, his wings became a demon¡¯s, and his eyes turned red. ¡°What did you do to him¡­ you demon?!¡± A shout came from behind, it was from Mordecai. Sanata laughed. And she looked at me and said, ¡°Sans Aru. Demonic Conversion.¡± Azazel became a demon. ¡°Now then, this¡¯ll be fun, right?¡± Sanata said. - End of Chapter 13- "I wont give up. Because I have someone to save, someone to protect." In the beginning, there was nothing. There¡¯s no light nor darkness. Until one time, a spark of light appeared. It was as small as a pea, and lifeless. For some reason, it became bigger. Maybe because of the space around it, there was nothing beside it so it tried to become bigger. As time passes by, the light made itself a body, just like a human body, but it doesn¡¯t have a face, nor everything that you can see in a human body, only the figure of it, instead of flesh it covered itself with light. And then, he became conscious. He became a being with a mind, with its own thinking. At first, he was satisfied. Just being alive is everything to him. But after millions of years, he became lonely. Being alone in the midst of nothing made him feel scared for the first time. He was confused, ¡°What is this? Why am I feeling like this?¡± he said. He became confused for years, trying to think of something. When finally, thought of something. ¡°What if I, make something that¡¯s just like me?¡± And for the first time, he felt excitement. He didn¡¯t know what powers he had, he only thought of making something that¡¯s just like him. And just by thinking, it happened. Darkness was born. And just like him, it started as a small ball of darkness. He thought that it¡¯s nothing like him, since it¡¯s small and it doesn¡¯t talk. It made him feel disappointed for the first time. And then, while feeling disappointed, he looked into the darkness. He looked at it continuously for millions of years, and just like him, it started to create its own body. The Darkness made itself a human body, a female¡¯s body. And Light, while watching the dark became just like him felt happy for the first time. And then, Darkness became a living being, just like him. The two talked together endlessly, they had fun, they played games, they exchanged knowledge with each other. As years pass by, Light became bored for the first time. Light became tired of everything they did, as he already knew what they are going to do, what they are going to talk about. It was like a man that¡¯s in a relationship. When a man became in love with a woman, at first, he will be so excited. And when days pass by, with their continuously talking and doing the same thing over and over again, the man will finally become bored of their relationship. And by this, light became the first jerk of the universe. Light decided, ¡°I will make something new, something that can live by itself. But first, they should have a place to live in. And that place should have a place to live in¡­ and that place that has a place to live in should have a place¡­ to¡­ live¡­ ah, I don¡¯t know what I¡¯m saying anymore... But! I will still make something like that. And I will make it as perfect as possible.¡± He told himself. Darkness noticed Light mumbling to himself so she tried to approach him but Light looked a lot serious than his normal attitude. Darkness felt amazed for the first time. So she didn¡¯t approach him instead, she looked at him with awe in her eyes. And so, Light created a land. A circle of land, the earth. There was only soil in it, there were no plants nor any thing. Darkness thought of something, she wanted to suggest things that light should add to what he is doing. So she went closer towards light. But when she came, she covered the whole land of soil with darkness. The light that Light gave became nothing, and that made him realize. Darkness didn¡¯t think of it, she only went to say suggestions to light, but light realized it, that the light and the darkness could never be together. So darkness asked him, ¡°I would like to take part of what you are doing, could I?¡± she said. But Light answered, ¡°The light should be separated from the darkness.¡± Darkness was confused, ¡°What do you mean separated? We¡¯ve been together for many years, not to mention that we are friends forever! So what do you mean separated¡­? Am I that unneeded¡­?¡± she told him with pain in her eyes. Light answered with a smile, and looked at the land that he made. Darkness also looked at the land, she saw the land becoming covered with darkness all over it. She knew what that meant. She was the reason why it became dark. She doesn¡¯t want it to become like that, nor she knew that it¡¯ll be like that when she comes closer. And so, she stepped back and far away from the land that light made. And when she looked at it, it still has darkness on it, but only half of the land. The other side was covered by light. He called the light a day, and he called the darkness a night. And just like he said, the light should become separated from the darkness. After that, light created the sky, and he created the sea. Light created the universe, and he created the stars. Light, after thinking for a moment, took some mud, and made it look like himself. He breath into it, and it was given life. He called that life Adam. But he thought, ¡°It was the same when I was alone in the universe, I had no one.¡± And so, he took some of the man¡¯s flesh and created a woman, that just looks like darkness. Light and darkness watched the humans far away, observing them for life. Light didn¡¯t know what to do to them, he needed someone who¡¯ll help him to guide the humans. So, he created the angels. Darkness on the other hand, wanted to do have a family, so she created the demons. The demons were formed because of darkness¡¯ feeling of sadness, and the angels were created because of light¡¯s feeling of happiness. As time goes by, that sadness became hatred, it was because darkness was jealous of the humans. She wanted attention from light, she wanted him to do what they both did in the early years, but he couldn¡¯t give any time to her. Light found a more important thing than playing games and talking; guiding the humans. Darkness¡¯ jealous made her go into the earth, and tempt the humans. And then, that¡¯s where everything started from. There were supposed to be only two beings, but because of God¡¯s words, he was able to make a whole another race of celestial beings; the Asmoriths. Turning a demon into an angel, or turning an angel into a demon is possible, but it needs a whole lot of demonic or angelic power in order to do that. Only God and Sanata can do that. For Sanata¡¯s case, she used mostly all of her power just to transform Azazel into a demon. When Azazel became a demon, he didn¡¯t lose his memories, his feelings were just warped. And so, the story continues now. ¡°Azazel¡­ became a demon?!¡± Shiro said. Shiro was shocked, he didn¡¯t know that it is possible to turn a being into a demon. So he looked at Raphael, and when he did, he saw Raphael just standing there, looking amused. Shiro was confused, ¡°Why are they so calm? The leader of the Asmoriths just got turned into a demon! How can they be so calm?¡± he asked himself. Raphael looked at him and answered, ¡°Don¡¯t be so scared, kid. She just turned Azazel into a demon, he didn¡¯t become more powerful than he is. He just became evil; his mind is full of bloodlust right now. But even so, we should stay calm. If we don¡¯t, then we¡¯re going to have problems fighting.¡± Raphael said. Shiro understands it now. ¡°Stay calm, stay calm.¡± He told himself. Lucifer puts his hands into his pockets as he walked closer towards them. But he was stopped by a white laser that came from the throne. It was Azazel¡¯s. ¡°Don¡¯t come any closer, or I¡¯ll shoot again.¡± Azazel said. Lucifer sighed and replies: ¡°What am I, a police that¡¯s going to capture a thief?¡± Azazel shot another laser towards his body, but it was deflected. Lucifer closed his eyes and said: ¡°Stop. I don¡¯t want to fight you. We¡¯re here to help you, not to fight.¡± He said. Azazel stopped for a second as he tries to understand what just Lucifer said to him. But it didn¡¯t work. Azazel shot another laser at him and just like earlier, it was deflected. Lucifer looked at Sanata and asked, ¡°What are you trying to do? Are you trying to make us kill each other?¡± he said. Sanata smiled and replies: ¡°No, not at all. Whatever problems you both have in the past are yours, not mine. I don¡¯t have any reason to do so. But still, it¡¯s amusing to know that the Almighty Lucifer was a murderer. Isn¡¯t that fun?¡± she said. Lucifer replies: ¡°I don¡¯t want to hear that from you, demon. You drived millions of people into their deaths using your demons, with that power, you can create everything. But instead, you used it to drive people to their deaths. Why do you do so?¡± Lucifer asked Sanata with curiousity. Sanata becomes silent for a second, but she gets back to her senses when Lucifer dashed towards her. Sanata didn¡¯t try to dodge, it was because Azazel stopped Lucifer from reaching Sanata. Lucifer¡¯s hands were still on the pocket at that time, so he used his eyes and looked at Azazel. His eyes became full of pity towards Azazel. Azazel was stunned for a second, his memories came back to him, about the peace treaty towards the Angels and the demons of Lucifer. It was the time to attack Sanata, the true priority of Lucifer was to apprehend Sanata, and she used almost all of her power just to transform Azazel. It was the perfect time to strike, so Lucifer released his left hand on his pocket, his hand was glowing with black ball of light, and he called it¡­ ¡°Black hole.¡± Lucifer knew that even if Sanata used almost all of her power he still wouldn¡¯t defeat her. Even if he used the vacuum that destroys heavenly bodies; the black hole. But it was enough to stop Sanata from moving, rendering her unable to escape and while on his grasp, Lucifer would try to use another method in order to completely capture Sanata. That was his plan. But unfortunately, it didn¡¯t go too well. Sanata, just before Lucifer uses his Black Hole, casted a spell. Lucifer didn¡¯t hear it but he continued to power up his black hole. Lucifer released the power of the black hole, the whole castle was shaking from the pressure that it releases. Cairn couldn¡¯t stop going towards the black hole, for he is just a magic-type demon, and his body is not strong enough. Luckily, Shiro was there. Shiro used his power to lock his feet down to the ground and held Cairn. Even with the strong enhancement of Shiro, he was still a little shaken by that. ¡°Dad, I knew you aren¡¯t just an ordinary demon.¡± He said. Shiro''s amazement reached Lucifer. And then, the black hole stopped. It was vanished instantly. Lucifer was shocked, he didn¡¯t expect Sanata to cancel his spell, he knew Sanata could perform a spell or two, but he didn¡¯t expect her to use a spell- breaker. ¡°H-How¡­?! That spell was a celestial-class magic! How¡ª¡± ¡°Who do you think I am, Lucifer? I''m the one who made those things. I''m the one who controls them. I am the dark lord.¡± Lucifer became shocked, he didn¡¯t realize it. ¡°Ah, ah. So, are you done now? Why don¡¯t I show you a true black hole?¡± Lucifer''s eyes widened, he looked back towards Shiro and the others and shouted: ¡°RUN!!!¡± Sanata raised her left hand, and a big ball of darkness appeared right in front of them, the ball was so powerful that the whole castle was destroyed and sucked into it. Lucifer was the closest but he managed to step down and used gravity manipulation to drop his feet to the ground. He countered the black hole. True, Sanata used almost all of her power. Considering she can still make a black hole, her power was 1000 times stronger than Lucifer, she only hid it because she thought it was fun to make Lucifer believe that she was as strong as him. What a troll. Raphael understood what Lucifer had said so he created a portal at his back and took Shiro and Cairn. ¡°The black hole was still unactive, we can still made it.¡± He said, risking all of his powers just to let the two escape. The black hole''s true power wasn¡¯t just sucking things, it can also be used to teleport them to another Galaxy, rendering them unable to come back even if they use all of their power. In Sanata''s case, the black hole''s passive effect; the vacuum is so strong that she didn''t need to activate it in order for them to get sucked instantly. She wanted to watch them get sucked into the void slowly. But it appears that it is not possible right now, since Raphael created a portal at his back and was about to teleport, while Lucifer used his gravity manipulation to stay on the ground.If you come across this story on Amazon, it''s taken without permission from the author. Report it. Sanata noticed them, so she casted a spell on Azazel, making him conscious. It was in an instant, and Azazel understood what his new master wanted, to cut off their escapes. So just before Raphael and the others gets to teleport, a huge rail of lighting was shot unto them, it was Azazel''s main power, Lighting. Raphael was forced to closed his portal and was dropped to the ground. He dropped the two on the ground, he was sucked by the pressure of the hole that was on Sanata''s hand, he was about to fly towards it when Shiro grabbed his arm. Shiro also grabbed Cairn with his left hand, but he doesn¡¯t have enough hands to stop them from the pressure of the black hole. But, the pressure stopped. They fell on the ground right behind Lucifer. They looked at Sanata who was laughing at them. And then, Raphael felt something. He felt a feeling back when Azazel and Kuro fought each other, the activation of Armageddon. He puts his hands to the ground and looked at it while he says: ¡°The chain of¡ª¡± But he was cutted-off when a beam of light appeared on top of the castle. There was a beam of light that appeared on top. There was also a being, it was an angel. He came down from the heaven to tell them the news. Raphael''s eyes couldn¡¯t believe it. Lucifer looked at the angel with shock in his eyes. Shiro''s eyes widened, and Cairn''s jaw dropped. ¡°Beings. I came down from heaven to tell you that the Armageddon is happening. It was not a decision of the heaven, it is a catastrophe that even the heaven couldn¡¯t stop. My name is Michael, I''m an angel of God, and I''m here to tell you that.¡± Yes. It was the archangel Michael. Raphael''s brother, Lucifer¡¯s too. And the messenger of the heaven. Lucifer became so angry that the ground beneath him broke, he looked at Sanata with malice on his eyes and said: ¡°This was your plan all along?! To activate Armageddon?!¡± ¡°Yes, I was so amused that I almost killed you all. Now, the preparations are complete. We just need to take some being that¡¯ll help me raid the heaven.¡± Lucifer¡¯s eyes widened as he turned his back at Sanata and tried to get a hold of Shiro. Shiro wasn¡¯t aware of what''s happening, but he felt another demon''s aura that''s getting nearer towards them. Sanata smiled and said: ¡°Alistair-san, take him.¡± And then, a demon appeared right behind Shiro. Lucifer was too late, he couldn¡¯t get a hold of Shiro. Alistair was already holding Shiro''s shoulder. He teleported Shiro at the throne beside Sanata. Shiro''s instincts told him to fight back, so he did. He turned around and clenched his left fist to punch Alistair, but the demon stopped his punch. A gust of wind was released just by receiving Shiro''s punch. ¡°Resistance is futile.¡± Alistair told him while crushing Shiro''s hands. Shiro was screaming in pain. Lucifer couldn¡¯t take it anymore, so he dashed towards the demon and created a sword. He was about to slice him when Azazel appeared in front of him, crushing his sword with his lighting. Lucifer used both of his hands to create black holes, but it vanished instantly because of Sanata. ¡°Admit it, Lucifer. You can¡¯t save your son. You¡¯re weak. That¡¯s why you always rely on other people, like that archangel.¡± Sanata told him. Lucifer stopped as he fell on his knees to the ground. ¡°Look. Stop fooling yourself. You may be a lord, but it is because I didn¡¯t kill you. You may be a strong demon, but you are thousand times weaker than me. And I can take care of everything alone, not like you.¡± Sanata told him. ¡°If you want your son back, come to hell. Make a deal with the demon. And maybe, well, maybe. I would spare his life.¡± Sanata laughed while vanishing into the air along with Azazel, Shiro, and Alistair. It became silent for the three of them, they couldn¡¯t do a thing against the demon. It was a wrong decision to go and help Azazel, they were lured into a trap. The Armageddon was activated because Sanata is releasing a huge amount of demonic power through the black hole, and Lucifer was using his angelic power to stay on the ground, while Raphael is also using his power to open the portal. While Azazel, he became a demon, but his powers are not demonic. He used his lighting to stop Raphael from escaping. It is still a power of an Asmorith. At that instant, the chain of heaven moved and the fate of the human world were guided towards destruction. Lucifer cried. He cried because he couldn¡¯t protect his only son. He cried because he prepared for years, and it was not enough. The archangel Michael went up to the heaven without saying anything. Raphael looked at the ground with hopeless eyes. Cairn looked at them both with sad eyes. It was short, but his time together with Shiro was fun. He wanted to know what¡¯s Shiro''s name, he still didn¡¯t know it. And so, Cairn talked to them. ¡°We¡¯ll save him.¡± He said. But he didn¡¯t got any reply from them. ¡°Hey, we''re going to save him¡ª¡± ¡°How are we suppose to do that?! Didn¡¯t you see what happened to us?! We don¡¯t stand a chance against her! We''ll just kill ourselves if we try to save him.¡± Raphael answered. Lucifer became angry at Raphael, he held Raphael''s collar and said: ¡°What did you say?! You wouldn¡¯t save him?! You¡¯re his teacher, right!? Then why wouldn¡¯t you save him?!¡± Raphael punched Lucifer in the face and replied: ¡°It was all your fault. You are not strong enough to protect him. We are not strong enough. We wouldn¡¯t stand a chance against them.¡± He said. Lucifer stood up and clenched his fist, he''s about to punch Raphael when a voice that¡¯s familiar to them was heard. ¡°Stop! What are you two doing!? Stop fighting!¡± It was Kuro. She felt something strange so she went to check it, and now she¡¯s here. Unaware of what happened to the world and her love. Lucifer and Raphael looked at each other, they realized something. ¡°So it really started huh.¡± Raphael said. Kuro was confused, ¡°What started?¡± Lucifer replies: ¡°Armageddon.¡± Kuro''s eyes widened, and then the three of them filled her with the explanations. ¡°Shiro-kun is¡­" ¡°Yes. I¡¯m very sorry, Sanata was strong, I didn¡¯t¡ª¡± Raphael patted Lucifer¡¯s back and said: ¡°It¡¯s okay now. Don¡¯t blame yourself. I also didn¡¯t get to teleport him far away. It¡¯s partly my fault.¡± ¡°Me too, I couldn¡¯t do anything.¡± Cairn added. Kuro''s eyes became sad as she try to understand the situation. Even if she went there by herself, she still wouldn¡¯t be able to save Shiro. It was all for nothing if she went. ¡°It is painful¡­ I couldn¡¯t do anything for him¡­ I should''ve stayed with him¡­ I''m sorry¡­ I¡¯m sorry Shiro-kun¡­¡± she said as she starts to cry. Cairn looked at Kuro with pity, his reason to save him became much more stronger. Cairn devised a plan, he said: ¡°We¡¯re going to save him, no matter what. But first, what was his name again?¡± he asked. Kuro looked at him and replies: ¡°Shiro-kun¡­ that''s his name. How come you did not know his name?¡± she said. Cairn held his head with his hand and said: ¡°Well, he didn¡¯t have the time to answer me. Forget that, we need to have a plan, a plan in which we could save him, and humanity. I''ve heard of this before, the Armageddon. To stop it, we need to do the Ritual of Gods. But Azazel is no longer an Asmorith. That means he can no longer be a part of the ritual.¡± He explained. Lucifer stood up and think. ¡°Yeah, you''re right. So you¡¯re saying that there is another being that can stand-in as the leader of the Asmoriths?¡± he asked. Cairn nodded and replies: ¡°Yes. It is his advisor, the one called Mordecai. He may look weak but he''s the second strongest Asmorith. The gap on them is very high though, he needs to have a whole lot of Asmorith power in order to become a participant of the ritual.¡± Lucifer realized it, ¡°By the way, where are the Asmoriths when Sanata attacked?¡± he asked them. Raphael holds his chin to think, and then he realized that Azazel was the only Asmorith when it happened, so it means that the Asmoriths escaped while Azazel stopped Sanata from capturing them. ¡°If we want to fight her, we need an army. We could use them as well as that Asmorith named Mordecai, he could be the next Lord of Asmoriths.¡± Cairn told them. But Kuro disagreed. ¡°Even with the numbers of Asmoriths, we still couldn¡¯t fight them. Sanata have demons, we only have Asmoriths and not to mention her whole power could be released when the fighting starts.¡± She explained to them. ¡°If an army of Asmoriths are not enough, why don¡¯t you add my army?¡± Lucifer said to them. Raphael clicked his fingers and added: ¡°I could ask some of the Angels, even Gabriel to help us. Michael, he''s out of the option. He may be as strong as Sanata, but he doesn¡¯t want to involve himself with that, he just wants to do his mission.¡± He said. Kuro realized something and asked Raphael: ¡°If his mission is to take Shiro-kun and use him as the cleanser of all evil, why don¡¯t we use that to our advantage? We could persuade Michael and the other Angels to help and take back Shiro-kun. Well, their plan won¡¯t happen unless Shiro-kun is alive. If Sanata uses him and disposes him, then Michael¡¯s mission won¡¯t be able to happen. We could use that.¡± She said. The four of them looked at each other, and nodded. For the Asmoriths, Cairn is the one who will find them. For the Demons, Lucifer will get help from his army. For the Angels, Raphael will persuade them to help. That leaves Kuro. ¡°I will do something.¡± Kuro said. And they nodded again and teleported to wherever they are supposed to gather help. Cairn started to use his wits to try and pin-point where the Asmoriths are staying. First, he uses his Presence Sensing. He didn''t sense any traces of them at Alagahad, so he went down to earth. When he went down, he noticed the large amount of Asmorith aura at the forest. So he teleported there and saw the Asmoriths, they were beaten up, some of them couldn¡¯t stand up. He looked at them and they noticed him. The other Asmoriths stood up and prepared themselves for fighting, even ones that were beaten stood up. Cairn panicked, but he get a hold of himself a while later. He walked towards them and then kneel. He bowed his head to them. The Asmoriths were confused, they don¡¯t know why is he kneeling nor bowing. And then, an Asmorith came from behind. ¡°Move.¡± He said as he walks to the front. That Asmorith looked at Cairn and said: ¡°Lift your head. There are no lords here, so lift your head and stand up.¡± The Asmorith said to him. Cairn stood up, and the Asmorith instantly remembered him. ¡°You¡­ you were there, you came along with the Nephilim, Zenainiel and the Archangel Raphael, what are you doing here?¡± the Asmorith said. Cairn looked at the Asmorith''s face. He smiled and said, ¡°Perfect timing.¡± The Asmorith didn¡¯t know what he meant by that, so he asked again. ¡°What are you doing here?¡± Cairn''s expression became sad when he remembered that Azazel became a demon. Cairn explained to them what happened. ¡°Your lord, Azazel, became a demon.¡± He said. The other Asmoriths didn¡¯t believe what he just said, while the others thought that he is just kidding. But, the only one who believed is the Asmorith in front of him, Mordecai. ¡°My liege, he became a demon? Is that true? How?¡± he asked Cairn. ¡°Through demonic power. The Dark Lord uses her power in order to transform Azazel into a demon. He is with her right now, and also¡­¡± Cairn didn''t finish his sentence as he pointed towards the houses of humans near them. The houses are burning, the people were fighting, the trees are dying, the birds are flying away from them. It was like the end of the world. Mordecai looked back at Cairn and said: ¡°The Armageddon¡­¡± ¡°Yes. It activated. And we need your help along with the other Asmoriths to take back Shiro, the Nephilim.¡± The Asmoriths looked at Mordecai, they were looking at him saying: ¡°What should we do?¡± but he didn¡¯t accept it. ¡°Some of us are injured, we are not sure if we can be enough to help. Also, we need to hide somewhere, Alagahad isn¡¯t safe now. So we can¡¯t accept your offer.¡± ¡°But what if¡­¡± Cairn said. ¡°What if?¡± Mordecai replied. ¡°What if we take back your master after you help? Would you help us?¡± The Asmoriths became silent, and Mordecai, he thinks of something. ¡°But, we are not sure if we could take him back. Knowing that, would you still help us?¡± Cairn added. There really are no point in risking lives of many people just to take back their master, but they just couldn¡¯t live without him. He''s like a king to them, they needed a king like him. And so, Mordecai decided. ¡°We¡¯ll help.¡± Cairn bowed his head to them and said: ¡°Thank you.¡± Raphael went up into the heaven. There he found some of the Angels going down to the earth. The Angels knew about the Armageddon, but they didn¡¯t know that Sanata is going to raid the heaven while the angels are on earth. So he warned them, he told them what would happen. Some of the Angels listened, but they couldn¡¯t just stay in the heaven, praying for their lives when the humans down on Earth is killing each other. Raphael understood it, but he just couldn¡¯t let Sanata do what she wants. Heaven is their home, if Sanata raids it along with her demons, then they won''t have any place to stay. He doesn¡¯t want that to happen. When an angel came, he''s a very close angel to him. "Raphael, are you telling the truth?¡± the angel asked. Raphael nodded. ¡°I am telling the truth. I swear on the name of our father, this place will be raided by the dark lord.¡± He said. The angel believed him. ¡°But¡­ that could be avoided if you help me.¡± Raphael said to him. The angel was surprised. ¡°How can we do that?¡± the angel said. ¡°We''ll have to stop her from ascending. She''s still gathering her strength, she wouldn¡¯t attack for a week or so, since she used almost all of her power.¡± Raphael explained. The angel nodded and said: ¡°Take all the angels you need. I''ll stay here and talk to Michael.¡± ¡°Thank you, Gabriel. I will not forget this.¡± He said. It seems like it really is impossible for Michael to join them. Raphael might be an archangel but he don¡¯t have enough authority to take angels when it¡¯s the dire time of the world. And so, Raphael, along with a whole army of angels came down to earth. When they went down to earth, they saw the situation that all of the human beings are in right now. Raphael told them to help the humans, since they still have time to prepare. He just needed the angels to help him fight Sanata, but he could also make the angels help the humans. And so, the Armageddon was still happening. Even if little, Raphael and his angels are helping the humans suppress their feelings, in order to avoid any fights. That leaves the demons. Lucifer came back to hell, he saw his demons lying around, doing whatever they want. Sanata could go through the gate of hell all by herself, but now that she have Azazel, she could teleport many beings at once. She teleported to the bottom part of hell. Lucifer explained them everything. ¡°We, by the order of God tortures human souls to give them punishment for the sins that they have done. But, the humans are being tortured by the heaven even if they are innocent. We will not accept this, the universe should abide the universal law of life, and this situation is not a part of them. My demons, my army, you swore to follow me even in death. Now, you shall see your oath and listen to all my orders! We will fight the demon lord and we will take back the job that is supposed to be done by us!¡± He said to the demons. The demons shouted, ''hail the almighty Lucifer'' they said. They will follow his orders, whatever that might be. In order for them to take back what¡¯s supposed to be theirs. And so, the three factions joined together in order to fight the demon lord. While Kuro, she went to the highest point on the earth. The Mount Everest. She released her wings and created a demonic circle, a reverse star with a circle around it. She held her hands while she talked to herself. ¡°I may be weak compared to the demon lord, but I won¡¯t give up. Because, I have someone to protect, I have someone to save. And that alone, will make me strong. I don¡¯t need any powerful spells, I just need a simple sword. A sword in which it is made to save, not to kill. A sword that is fitting to the demon who was created by the world¡¯s sadness, not born from hatred. I hereby call, the sword of the savior¡ª¡± ¡°¡ªAsmodeus.¡± -End of Chapter 14- “Prepare to pay for your sins, demon lord.â€� Gabriel watched the angels as they went down to the earth. And while he watched, an angel appeared behind him. ¡°Are you sure to let them go? Won¡¯t you stop them?¡± He asked to the angel. Gabriel slowly turned his head around and looked at that angel. ¡°Why didn¡¯t you do something when that boy was being captured? You were there, but you didn¡¯t do anything to stop them. Is the order that important to you? That even our promise to help anyone who needs it be will forgotten by you? You, of all the angels? Tell me, Michael. Why?¡± Michael closed his eyes and sighed. He turned his back and walked a few steps before stopping. ¡°I¡­ couldn¡¯t do anything when it comes to helping others. You know it, you saw what I could do. You know what would happen if me and the demon lord fought each other. Also I, followed the order. And the order didn¡¯t say anything about saving a kid, or fighting the demon.¡± Gabriel didn¡¯t accept his answer. ¡°That¡¯s the more reason for you to help them! Even though you have no reason to, even though the order didn¡¯t tell you to, you still have your own will! And that demon, isn¡¯t she the one who you were waiting for all these years? And you would just let her go like that? You have the power of our father, you are the only one who can stop the demon lord in her plans, but even after all these years, you did nothing!¡± Michael listened to what Gabriel had said, but he didn¡¯t reply to him. He continued to walk as if he didn''t hear what Gabriel had said. Gabriel was annoyed. His words didn¡¯t help, it just made Michael avoid using his powers more. Gabriel muttered to himself; ¡°I know that you wanted to help that boy, it is the same feeling that you had back then. When you came down from heaven to warn them. You wanted to help that Nephilim, but the order didn¡¯t let you. You really are the strongest of the angels, Michael. But you are the kindest of us all.¡± Gabriel turned his back and releases his wings, he followed the angels that was descending towards earth. Michael was walking aimlessly in heaven when he remembered something from a long time ago. He was the first angel that God made. A short time after Adam and Eve, he was the first one to be called ¡°an angel¡± by God. He is also the first one to know everything about everything. At first, he was frightened by it, but at the same time, he was also happy to know it. God told him, ¡°Son, I created you for the purpose of helping me guide this new world. I want you to give suggestions on how can I improve this world.¡± Michael was confused, he did not understand any of those words, but he did understand that God needed someone to help him. He agreed to help God, and God was happy about it. God created another angel, it was Lucifer. At first, they got along. But when Lucifer tried to challenge God, Michael became somewhat angry to him. Before that, God created the other angels. Raphael and Gabriel. God told them that they are going to be the pillars of heaven. That even if one pillar of it has become broken, it would still stand up, but never the same again. And then, God created more and more angels. God foresaw the rebellion of Lucifer. But he accepted it, he did not do anything to stop that from happening. He accepted it wholeheartedly, he did not harbor any bad feelings against Lucifer. Michael guided the angels on how to be kind to others. He is the only one capable of leading all the angels. Gabriel is too shy, and he does not know anything about leading other people. Raphael, he likes to be alone, so it must be given that he can¡¯t be a leader to any angel. Although he became a teacher, he taught the angels one by one on how to fight, and use their skills. Michael''s power is often compared to God, but the truth is, Michael¡¯s power is far more greater in the side of destruction. God is simply a creator. While Michael is the destroyer. God intended to make Michael a destroyer, for he also foresaw that someday, he will be needed to destroy the world that God made. But Michael didn¡¯t like it. Even though he was happy helping the angels, the power that God gave him was too much. He only wanted to guide the angels, he doesn¡¯t want to destroy anything. So he asked God to take back the power that he gave to him. But God didn¡¯t do it. He said that it was for his own sake, he needed that power to destroy everything someday. Michael was shocked, ¡°Everything?¡± he said. God became silent, so it means yes for him. Michael flees outside the heaven and went down to earth. He wanted some time alone to think about what to do about everything. Being the one who¡¯ll destroy the world that he loved was not that easy to accept, let alone a being like Michael who''s heart and mind was as pure as snow. He wandered at the sky for minutes, he aimlessly flew through the clouds, hoping that he fill find an answer to his question. It was at that time, when the demon lord was tempting the humans. She was making the humans do evil things. The other humans will also be affected by it, because when a human does a bad thing, of course the people around him will be affected one way, or another. When Michael came close to the surface of the Earth, Sanata sensed his aura. Sanata, even though it was the first time she had felt this aura, knew that it isn¡¯t just a normal angel; the power that she felt was as strong as hers, or maybe even greater. She sensed a very dangerous aura, she thought that it was sent by God to kill her. So she went to the place where Michael is flying aimlessly. Sanata released her wings, and she boosted her momentum with her jump, making the flight faster. Michael was flying at the top of the clouds while looking at the beautiful scenery of the Earth. He doesn¡¯t want to destroy all of this, if possible, he wanted to preserve all of this forever. But it won¡¯t happen. God is the creator, he knows everything, even things that are about to happen, and Michael is a good angel, he doesn¡¯t disobey God''s orders, he just wanted some time to think about it. And then, while looking at the beautiful scenery that captured his attention, the white clouds turned into dark ones, and the green color of it was covered in darkness. The clouds were filled with rain, and lighting appeared and started to strike down the sky. Michael was startled, he didn¡¯t know what happened. He knew that a storm was like this, but a normal storm won¡¯t appear unless it is having a lot of pressure in the air. He knew that it wasn¡¯t just an ordinary phenomenon, there is someone doing this by force. He focused and closed his eyes. God told him, that whenever he felt danger around him, and he wants some help, he just needs to close his eyes and pray to Him. And then, he felt an enormous amount of demonic power gathering around a certain place and was moving towards him. And then, the Demon Lord Sanata appeared right in front of him. She was flapping her large, black wings. It was different from the wings of the other demons, her wings has white lines scattering in it. And then, the Demon Lord held her waist with her left hand and raised her right hand. ¡°Heyo! How are you doing? Why are you closing your eyes?¡± These feelings, I have heard of it. But it is the first time that I encountered someone who bears the very first kind of it. Michael told himself as he starts to open his eyes. And then, he saw her, waving her hand like a relative that you haven¡¯t seen in years. Even though it was misleading, he didn¡¯t get caught by it and prayed to God. He prayed, ¡°God, help me. I do not know what I should do. Please, help me.¡± God, up in heaven received Michael¡¯s prayer. He said, ¡°Do what your heart told you to, for your heart knows what is the best for you.¡± God''s words melted Michael''s heart. It made him feel calm and kind of relieved. Michael held his chest and then opened his eyes, he looked at the Demon Lord who''s face is now close to his face. ¡°My heart told me that I shouldn¡¯t fight you. I don¡¯t want to hurt you, I don¡¯t intend to.¡± ¡°Ohoh?¡± Sanata said with a challenged expression. ¡°Even though you said that, you already know why I am here. I am here to take you down, angel. You are a threat to my plans, prepare to die here.¡± Michael didn¡¯t budge. Instead, he lifted both of his hands to the air, showing Sanata that he really doesn¡¯t want to fight her. Sanata was amused, but even so, she will not let go of this chance to kill a being that is a threat to her life, she knows that this angel that¡¯s in front of her was the one that¡¯ll bring her down someday. ¡°If you don¡¯t do something, then you¡¯ll die, for real!¡± Sanata said to him while flying backwards and preparing for an all-out strike at Michael. ¡°I won¡¯t do anything, if you''re going to kill me, then do. Only if your heart wants it.¡± Sanata didn¡¯t listen and charged at him with a tremendous amount of speed, force, that¡¯s enough to destroy a whole building just by stopping at point-blank in front of it. And at the very end, Michael really didn¡¯t do anything. But he was saved, not by Sanata nor anyone. He was saved by the grace of his land. Michael looked at his front, he saw the demon lord folding her fist at his chest. Sanata used demonic power in her fist and punched Michael. But was stopped at the very end of it. The heaven loved its first angel, and it will continue doing so. A barrier of light protected Michael from Sanata¡¯s strike. Sanata became surprised when she saw that, at first, she thought Michael broke his words and casted a skill, but she knew that it didn¡¯t came from him. Sanata fixed her pose and flew backwards. She stopped at the place in which she could reach Michael with her hands. Michael looked at her, without any emotions. ¡°I told you. I won¡¯t do anything.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t care. You¡¯re a threat to my existence. If I don¡¯t deal with you right now, then I¡¯ll be just letting myself be killed by you. So fight, even though your heart told you not to, fight. I¡¯d rather die right here, than wait a thousand years just to be killed by a coward like you.¡± Sanata said with an angered expression pointed at Michael. She fixed her pose and clenched her fists. This time, fire covered her fists, and at the same time, demonic powers also covered it. Michael, being a kind hearted and innocent angel, agreed. He was a coward, and if Sanata wanted to die right now rather than wait just to get killed, then he will accept that. And then, Michael released his power. His eyes brightened with light, his hands overflowing with angelic power, his body being covered by an unknown barrier. Sanata looked at him and said to herself: ¡°Finally. You¡¯re taking me seriously now.¡± And then, she charged into him. Michael received her, and he used all of his power to fight back this demon. The two fought each other for days. The collision of their fight was so powerful that it lighted up half of the earth and at the same time, it made the world darken. The fight lasted for days, but even so, they didn¡¯t feel any fatigue. They continued to fight each other, without saying anything. It was then when Michael realized that he is having fun, fighting her. And so, he stopped halfway while fighting. Sanata noticed it and used it as an opportunity to finally deal a huge damage to her enemy. She charged all the way inside Michael¡¯s territory and covered her right fists with a tremendous amount of demonic power, enabling her to pierce through the angel''s mighty barrier and finally hit him with her fist. But Sanata stopped right before she hits Michael. Her eyes widened, her powers, weakened. She looked at Michael, who was smiling at her and laughing calmly at that time. Sanata became confused, she tilted her head in confusion. Sanata asked, ¡°Hey, why did you stop? I thought you made a mistake and I was about to kill you. But I couldn¡¯t if you give me a handicap. I have my pride, I won¡¯t kill anyone who doesn¡¯t fight me seriously.¡± Michael stopped his soft laugh and then smiled at her. Sanata was somewhat embarrassed, it is the first time a being smiled at her. Ever since the first days, no one has ever done that to her. She have seen humans smiling at other humans before, but it never happened to her. She was the scary type of a demon, no questions about that since she¡¯s the first and the strongest. Soldiers always obey her, no one has ever made fun of her or did things like having fun with other people. Those laughs that she made for the last million years, that was all fake. She just accepted that she was evil. She doesn¡¯t really want to be, she was just jealous of the humans that she took the title of ¡°the demon lord¡± and used it to gain power and fear throughout the world. And that smile, that damned smile made her feel embarrassed. Her face, blushing red, her hands on her mouth, and her composure was in disarray. Michael noticed her embarrassment so he talked in order to ease the embarrassing moment. ¡°We¡ª¡± ¡°Why?¡± But Michael was interrupted by the demon lord, she asked him first. Her eyes, hiding in the shadows of her hair, asked Michael why. Michael understood her question and answered her. ¡°You were sad. I know why. It¡¯s because you are alone. You don¡¯t have anyone to talk to, you don¡¯t have anyone to have fun with. That¡¯s why, I smiled. When I saw you smiling genuinely while fighting me, I became happy. That¡¯s why I stopped. That¡¯s why I¡¯m offering myself to you. I¡¯ll be your friend, my heart told me to. I know that this won¡¯t do much, but this is the only the to heal your broken heart, to make feel genuine happiness just like the first days. I have heard everything about you from him, the one whom you loved.¡± ¡°Go¡­d?¡± Sanata held her chest as if it was pierced by a spear, she held her chest like something was crushing it. It hurts so much that she cried for the first time in her life. Michael''s heart is the most kindest heart of all. Just by offering Sanata a friend, he made the most powerful demon stop at point-blank and break down. Michael looked at her, he was about to grab Sanata''s shoulders and comfort her. It was all so happy until Sanata stroke Michael''s heart with a sword. It pierced right through his body and made Michael puke blood out of his mouth. She said, ¡°You really are a kind angel. You trust others, even though you already know what evil they have brought. Taste the consequences of what you have done, placing your trust to the most unfaithful being in the universe.¡± But instead of fighting back, Michael grabbed Sanata¡¯s shoulder and hugged her with all of his remaining strength. He coughed while holding Sanata¡¯s back as he tried to talk. ¡°You¡­ are lying¡­ to¡­ yourself¡­ ¡° Sanata couldn¡¯t believe it, this angel, he is the most kindest angel Sanata had ever met. She unconsciously made the piercing sword vanish, and stopped doing anything. She listened to what Michael had said, she regretted hurting this angel with her own hands. ¡°You¡­ didn¡¯t¡­ lie to me¡­ you¡­ lied¡­ to yourself¡­ you¡­ must become honest¡­ if you want to be¡­ forgiven¡­ ¡° Sanata lied about Michael trusting her, she didn¡¯t lie about her feelings, she really was hurt. But she lied to herself when she said that Michael trusted the most unfaithful being in the world. They shouldn¡¯t even have fought in the first place, they should¡¯ve just talked to each other. Sanata wanted a friend, and Michael¡¯s duty is to help anyone who needs it. But Sanata didn¡¯t realized it until it was too late. Sanata started to feel the weight of Michael¡¯s body. He is already dead. Sanata hugged Michael back, as he was about to fall. She leaned her head on Michael¡¯s shoulder and cried. ¡°I¡¯m sorry¡­ if only I didn¡¯t lie to myself¡­ I would¡¯ve saved you¡­¡± She cried to herself. She hugged Michael with her might even though she knows that he will not come back. But then, a sensation was felt by Sanata at her back. It was like someone grabbed her. She was surprised and looked up and into Michael¡¯s face. But her surprised expression vanished when she saw Michael''s eyes, glowing with light. And his face, it was like a dead man''s face. Without expression, without life. It was almost like an android, controlling Michael¡¯s body.If you find this story on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the infringement. Michael''s skill, Last Battle has been activated. In which Michael loses his consciousness and will be using all of his power to destroy everything around him. That¡¯s what God did to him. But even God didn¡¯t foresee of this event, the meeting of Sanata and Michael. Sanata tried to release Michael¡¯s arms from her, but she couldn¡¯t. Even though her strength was unrivaled, she couldn¡¯t do anything. At this point, Michael is a living bomb that could destroy half the world with only his touch. Sanata struggled to release his hug from her, she hit him, she used demonic skills, but Michael just wouldn¡¯t let her escape. It was at a split second, when Michael¡¯s grab at her weakened. Sanata noticed it and she took that moment to get released from Michael¡¯s hug. But just before she escaped, Michael''s hand reached her wrist and held it. ¡°L¡­ ¡° Sanata looked at him and saw an angel, fighting his self to save her. ¡°¡­ive¡­¡± Sanata broke down as she released her wings and went up to the sky. She went up and up and up until Michael was no longer in her vision and she can no longer feel any aura. In heaven, just before Michael¡¯s Last Battle was activated, God had already been planning what to do. He sent down his son that is capable of returning Michael into his original state. Michael screamed as he suppressed the destructive power that he was releasing. He is suppressing this power just by his will. And if he stops on suppressing it, his power will explode and destroy the whole Earth. Michael continued to scream, he couldn¡¯t suppress his power any longer. It was at that time when he felt another aura right in front of him. He opened his eyes and looked at his front, he saw an angel familiar to him. But he couldn¡¯t recall who it is, or what is his relation with him. The only thing that came into his mind was, ¡°Kill.¡± Michael raised his right hand and was about to slash that angel into two, when it stopped right above the head of the angel. ¡°Tch. What are you doing, going ahead and breaking yourself up. Are you an idiot? I heard everything about you, about your power. You don¡¯t have to be so scared. You have brothers and sisters, just talk to them if you want. Don¡¯t go down and let some stray demon kill you, you idiot!¡± This angel, is the one that God sent. Raphael. Raphael was covered in moving plates of armor, those plates formed an armor but they are constantly moving around his body slowly. ¡°Ahh, now you made me use my arcana. Didn¡¯t I told you?! I hate using this! But¡­ if it¡¯s to save my stupid brother, then I¡¯ll gladly do it.¡± Raphael stopped Michael from moving using a sphere that he created. In which it pauses all the time in it. This is the mightiest power of Raphael with his arcana, ¡°Sahkiel. Now, time to take you back.¡± Raphael formed a circle with his hands and moved them as if he was holding a ball, he moved his hands very slowly. And when he did that, the sphere also turned around. The things inside of it slowly went back to the past that they have been. The clouds became rainclouds, and then vanished, and then reappeared again. The air turned into water, became a vapor, and became air again. Michael, in his previous state he was about to slash Raphael, but as the sphere spins, he was slowly doing the things that he did in the past. Raphael did it until he saw Michael releasing his wings and flying in the sky. Raphael clicked his fingers and the sphere collapses, leaving Michael falling downwards since he has lost his consciousness. Raphael took his body and carried him towards the heaven. He made a portal and walked into it, appearing instantly in heaven. There he rested for the rest of the day. While Sanata, she was still at space when she realized that her back was aching. When she looked, there were tons of white light that was shaped like hands at her back. She screamed because of the pain that those scars were releasing. It was Michael''s soft touch. His gentle touch could destroy anything in an instant. That is why he is treated as the counter for the demon lord. He matches the demon lord in skill, strength and intelligence. But his softest touch could be the deadliest weapon that even Sanata, could not defend herself from. Michael continued to walk aimlessly in heaven. He talked to himself, remembering everything that happened to him and to the demon lord. ¡°Remembering that time makes me feel sad. It is because I didn¡¯t get to tell you what I really wanted to say. I hope that someday, we would meet again. But when the time comes, it¡¯ll be the last time that we¡¯ll see each other.¡± Michael said as he started to walk towards the long stairs inside heaven, the stairs in which only the mightiest angels could go through, the stair of heaven. It isn¡¯t used for humans to walk up towards heaven as the story says, it is also not used as a gateway to heaven. It is used to purify everything that walked in it, and if they didn¡¯t die, they would be able to meet the one and only creator of the world. Cairn and the others were supposed to be preparing for the war. But it seems like the damage on the Asmoriths were so much that they wouldn¡¯t be able to make it to the war. Cairn tried to think of an alternate in order for them to carry out the plan. The plan is to use the beings as the vanguard while one of stronger ones are protecting them while the others are rescuing Shiro. Stupid may be it, but they don¡¯t have any choice. If their plan failed and they didn¡¯t get a hold of Shiro, they would go and try to make the demon lord spend her strength so they could go back and try it again. That¡¯s what Cairn said to them in telepathy. He sat on a log near the place on where the Asmoriths are staying. He was so deep in thinking that he didn¡¯t realize someone was right in front of him. When he saw that, he jumped back and panted as if the demon lord appeared. But it was just Mordecai. His face is somewhat crowded with the feeling of confusion and sadness. Cairn fixed his pose and then asked him, ¡°What are you doing here? Do you need something?¡± Mordecai nodded and asked him back, ¡°What should we do about the Armageddon? We couldn¡¯t just let the humans bear it while we are fighting. If possible, I would like to stop the Armageddon first before going to hell. Is there any way to stop it even if we don¡¯t have one of the participants?¡± Cairn sat down the log and answers him. ¡°None. There is no other way except using the ritual. In other case, if some reason an Asmorith became as strong as Azazel appears, then we would be able to do that.¡± Mordecai''s eyes widened as he realized something. Cairn knew what he was going to ask, he¡¯s going to ask ¡°what if I became as strong as him?¡± and thought of it as the right moment to tell him about the plan. ¡°What if we take Azazel back first?¡± ¡°Yes, I accept¡ª WHAT?!¡± Cairn didn¡¯t expect him to ask that. He thought Mordecai accepted to become the Azazel 2nd but no. Cairn gets back to his senses and thinks of it, but it is nearly impossible to make Azazel become an Asmorith again. As he fall more deep into his thinking, he realized something that he had forgot and it made him feel like a fool. The time when Azazel was turned into a demon. Raphael told Shiro that it¡¯s all right, Azazel didn¡¯t get stronger and his memories were just warped. That means that they have a chance to convince him. But they need someone who could do that. ¡°If¡­¡± Mordecai tilted his head when he heard Cairn said something. ¡°If?¡± he asked. ¡°If... by some chance, we could convince him instead, would that suffice?¡± Mordecai became confused. ¡°How can we convince a demon that could easily kill us in a second?¡± Cairn stood up from his seat and held Mordecai¡¯s shoulder. ¡°Hey, now. You told me earlier that you wanted to take back your lord, did you think we could turn him back into an Asmorith again?¡± Cairn told him with seriousness in his eyes. But he sighed when he saw Mordecai teared up his eyes. ¡°Azazel¡¯s memories aren¡¯t erased, they are still there. That means, we could convince him. Even though we don¡¯t change him, we could still be able to stop the Armageddon without finding another participant.¡± Mordecai understood it in an instant. ¡°That means¡­ we could make him our ally even though he¡¯s a demon?¡± Cairn looked somewhat annoyed at him. ¡°Y''know, I¡¯m also a demon. And I¡¯m your ally. So are you saying that we demons can¡¯t be your ally or something?¡± Mordecai patted the back of his head and gestured a no with his hand. ¡°No, not at all.¡± Cairn sighed and looked at him once more. ¡°If we are able to take back Azazel, then we would be able to stop Armageddon from inflicting more damage. But if we fail, we have no choice but to train you in order to be a participant of it. Are you sure you want to do this?¡± Mordecai hesitated to answer. Cairn noticed him hesitating so he added words in order for him to calm down. ¡°Don¡¯t worry. You¡¯ve got until this evening. If you still don¡¯t know what to do, then we have no choice but to take back Azazel and pray that we could be able to convince him.¡± Mordecai was relieved, and finally answered Cairn''s question. ¡°I will do it. I will be the one convincing him. And if we fail, I¡¯ll take responsibility. I¡¯ll become stronger in order to stop the Armageddon.¡± Cairn smiled at him and said, ¡°That¡¯s how a right hand should act. You should have more faith in yourself. Well then, I will go now. Let¡¯s wait for orders, until then, you are to help the injured here. Understand?¡± Mordecai nodded to Cairn who was acting like a leader, Mordecai idolizes him now. Cairn walked forward and then laughed at himself. ¡°I didn¡¯t think that I could be a leader, I thought that I would always be a follower. Nevermind that, I should report this to Lucifer.¡± Cairn used telepathy to relay the news to Lucifer. ¡°Mordecai agreed to do the training, if we fail to convince Azazel to join forces with us.¡± Lucifer received the message and understood it quickly. He was preparing his army the whole time they were talking. He gave them demonic powers, he boosted their morale. The Asmoriths are still tending to their wounded soldiers, but Cairn said that they can go at anytime. The last ones are the angels. Raphael still didn¡¯t send any message to Lucifer. Lucifer is starting to get worried. It was when a portal appeared behind him, and he knew that he was worried for nothing. Lucifer turned around and said, ¡°It took you so long, brother. So, what happened?¡± Raphael went outside the portal and closed it after that. He then made an image of the angels that he brought down to earth. ¡°The angels, the angels that I brought was concerned about the humans. So I had them help the humans who were affected by the Armageddon while waiting for the time to strike. That¡¯s our job in the first place, to help humans in case Armageddon happens.¡± Lucifer understood what Raphael meant. ¡°So the reason why you are late was because you helped them? Then there¡¯s no reason to talk about it. After all, saving humans was also a part of our plan.¡± Raphael closed the image and walked along with Lucifer. ¡°So? Can we really pull it off?¡± Lucifer laughed at his question. ¡°What kind of question is that? Of course we can. There¡¯s no point to what we are doing right now if we think about that. Did Cairn already told you about trying to convince Azazel?¡± Raphael nodded. ¡°Yes. If we did it, we could stop Armageddon.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± Lucifer smiled at him and they became silent for the next few seconds. And then Lucifer realized something. ¡°Ah¡ª how are we supposed to attack if your angels are doing something?¡± Raphael stopped, along with his face and his body. ¡°You¡¯re¡­ right.¡± And then, the both of them fixed their selves when they felt an aura familiar to them, but the aura that they were feeling is a lot more stronger than before. They knew something happened, so they fixed themselves and looked in front of them. They saw Kuro, walking towards them with seriousness around her. ¡°We could¡¯ve just let them help humans first while we are preparing the others for the war. And when it is time to strike, Raphael-san?¡± "Y-Yes!¡± Raphael behaved like a dog trying to prove itself to its master. ¡°Can you do a mass teleport into hell?¡± ¡°Of course! I could do it milady, but there is one problem. I won¡¯t be able to use any teleporting skills for a time, since the angels'' numbers are large, I have to use a large type of teleporting magic.¡± Kuro looked down to think about it. ¡°How about one portal and then the angels will just go right through it?¡± Raphael somewhat agreed but¡­ ¡°That¡¯s going to be a problem. If we will be fighting Sanata, we need to do an all-out ambush. Maybe, she will get hurt considering the numbers and strengths of the combined armies of Angels, Demons, and Asmoriths.¡± ¡°I see. Then let¡¯s do that.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Raphael bowed and then Kuro left the two. Lucifer used his right arm and hit Raphael with it. Raphael became annoyed with it so he hit Lucifer¡¯s head. ¡°What are you doing, idiot?¡± ¡°Ah¡­ it hurts! I was going to ask something! Why did you do that?¡± ¡°It¡¯s annoying. Stop it.¡± ¡°Yes, yes. Anyways, do you think something had changed Kuro? There¡¯s something different about her right now. It almost feels like she¡¯s another person. Can you feel it too?¡± Raphael looked straight. And the view with Kuro walking flashbacked. And then he realized something. His eyes widened, his body shivered. ¡°Lucifer.¡± ¡°Hm? What is it?¡± Raphael gulped and then asked with all of his might. ¡°Do you think that she''s pregnant?¡± ¡°¡­¡± Lucifer could only offer silence as an answer, he was too shocked that Raphael asked him that. But a while after that, Lucifer said no since Shiro is a coward. ¡°What a lovely father.¡± Raphael replied to him. It was all fun and cheerful when the demon that Lucifer sent down to the lower hell messaged them with a telepathy. ¡°Sanata¡¯s army started to move.¡± Is what he said to Lucifer. Lucifer had almost forgotten that he sent down a minion in Sanata''s territory. ¡°Have you found the place where my son is being confined?¡± ¡°No, sir. But I found a place in which the demon lord goes to. There is a small prison-like building inside, and she goes there alone. I could not see it¡¯s inside but I know that it is suspicous for her to go there by herself. It is most likely the place where she is confining your son, sir.¡± ¡°How about her army¡¯s numbers?¡± ¡°About 1 million, sir.¡± Lucifer cracked his fist for he had forgotten the small time they were talking, Sanata is turning the human souls into demons. ¡°Tch. We were too late. We can¡¯t beat their numbers.¡± Lucifer said to Raphael. Raphael knew what he meant by that, even though he doesn¡¯t know how many numbers exact. ¡°So, what are we going to do?¡± Raphael asked Lucifer. Lucifer tried to think of the other alternatives, but there is nothing that he could of as a counter. And then, he laughed. Raphael gets creeped out at him so he started to walk back. ¡°Call Gabriel. We might need his help.¡± Raphael was surprised, he never knew Lucifer would ask him that. ¡°Okay. You better stay alive when we save Shiro, understand that old man?¡± Lucifer laughed and said, ¡°Ha! What are you talking about? I still haven¡¯t used my arcana when me and Sanata fought!¡± Raphael only smiled as a reply, and then he went back to the earth through his portal. While teleporting, he muttered to himself; ¡°Yes. His arcana. Even though he was completely defeated by Sanata at Alagahad, he would still have a chance to stand against her if he uses his arcana. Just wait, demon lord. You¡¯ll be facing the anger of a true fallen angel.¡± Lucifer sent a message to Cairn and then relayed it to all the Asmoriths. ¡°We all have only 30 more minutes left! Do what you must, if you do not want to fight, then turn around now! But if you do, you will never have a chance to see your lord again. But if you did not turn around and join me in defeating the demon lord, I will be sure to take your leader back. Prepare to fight, you angels!!¡± Cairn shouted with leadership in his mind. The Asmoriths were amazed and their morale was boosted. No one turned around, even the most injured ones, they didn¡¯t run, they will fight for their lord, they will fight for the world. Mordecai looked at him with awe, he was inspired by this demon. He knew that he was something, charging right into the Asmoriths without a care on anything, he did it for his friend''s sake. And he thought of something, if this demon could do this, why couldn¡¯t he? This made him feel more stronger as he also joined the cries of the Asmoriths. The angels at the earth were gathered. Thankfully, they were able to decrease the effect of the Armageddon. They may have slowed down the destruction, but they wouldn¡¯t be able to stop it. That¡¯s why they have to risk everything in this fight, for the world, for the heaven, and for their own sake. Raphael told them about everything, about their fallen brother, about the failure of him as a teacher, and how he is inferior to anyone who doesn¡¯t give a second thought when saving someone. The angels were pleased, they were happy to know everything about Raphael. They have complete trust in their brother now, and they will do anything to help him. Soon after, Raphael started to chant his mass-teleportation spell. It will be taking so long, since the skill affects very large area and it also uses a lot of angelic power. The numbers of the angels were almost a 100,000. The numbers of the Asmoriths were less than 5000, and the number of Lucifer''s demons were at 300,000. The Asmoriths used their own teleportation ability and teleported exactly at the same time. The demons inside hell were already moving, along them are Lucifer and Zenainiel. Kuro clenched her right hand and muttered to herself; ¡°I will save you no matter what. Just wait for me, Shiro-kun.¡± And that voice¡­ reached the one whom she dedicated it too. ¡°Kuro¡­¡± Shiro muttered as he open his eyes. It turns out he lost his consciousness when Alistair crushed his hand. Shiro looked at his hand, and it was not even scratched. But he was chained, and he knew that these chains were also the one Sanata used to seal the magic power of the Asmorith Azazel. He couldn¡¯t do anything, he struggled but it didn¡¯t do anything. And so he screamed, ¡°HELP! ANYONE, HELP ME PLEASE!¡± But he stopped screaming when he heard footsteps coming from the floor. ¡°Ah, would you please shut up? No one will hear you here. And even if they did, no one will bat an eye to save you, kid. I¡¯ll kill anyone who takes my pretty little Nephilim away from me.¡± Shiro stood up, and even though the chains was holding him back, he still stood up and faced the demon lord right in her face. ¡°What are you really planning, Sanata!?¡± Sanata laughed at him. ¡°You look like a dog who can¡¯t do anything because of its lash. Well, I don¡¯t have any reason to tell you. I only needed you because of your power.¡± Shiro stepped hard on the ground and said, ¡°I DON¡¯T HAVE ANY POWERS! AND IF I DID, I WOULD HAVE BEATEN YOU ALREADY YOU DEMON!¡± Sanata laughed way more harder for it is amusing to see a Nephilim challenge her while on a prison, being unable to do anything. Rage filled Shiro''s heart and mind, rage that was pointed at himself. He couldn¡¯t stop Sanata from taking a hold of him. He couldn¡¯t do anything, he just let himself get captured. He let his father down, he let his teacher down. He left his friend on his own, and he drove the world towards destruction. He calmed down and sat his back to the wall. He cried as he said, ¡°I really am cursed, am I?¡± Sanata looked at him with pity. But everything was in place now, so she can¡¯t stop even if she wanted to. She had no choice but to smile even if this Nephilim in front of her cries because of the pain that she gave him. So she decided. ¡°At second thought, I guess you should know the reason.¡± Shiro heard her talk, so he cleared his eyes from his tears and listened to her. ¡°I have already told you before, I just want to tell someone that I love him. But I couldn¡¯t do it, since we are like the north and the south pole. We are like magnets, we may be attracting each other, but we would also reject each other. For some reason, I fell in love with him. I don¡¯t know why, I just did. He¡¯s not the same as the last one whom I fell in love with, he¡¯s different. He let me escape, even though his mission is to kill me. Instead of rejecting me, he welcomed me into his arms. He was also the first one to smile at me, after all these years, I finally made someone smile at me. My heart skipped a beat, I knew I have to do something to get back to him. And so I decided, whatever it will take, I will tell him that I love him. I have already prepared myself if I am defeated here. But I won¡¯t die until I¡¯ve told him that I love him. I¡¯m an idiot, aren¡¯t I?¡± Shiro understood what she said. ¡°Ah. I see. You did all those things for him. You made us hate you. You made us fight each other, you made us stronger. All of that, was your plan?¡± Sanata nodded. Shiro smiled. ¡°So, how are you going to meet up with him?¡± Shiro asked her. ¡°I¡­ I need you to take your power back and fight me. That way, I¡¯ll have the chance of meeting him in battle.¡± Shiro understood why she captured him. It really isn¡¯t about raiding heaven, she deceived everyone about attacking heaven to go all out on her. ¡°Also, if I die, there would be no longer any evil in this world. Michael wouldn¡¯t be needing you to cleanse this world of darkness. He wouldn¡¯t need someone as innocent as you to do something far more evil than anything in the world.¡± Shiro sighed. ¡°So it was Michael. I thought it was God, but it isn¡¯t. I¡¯m curious as to how you fell in love, considering you are a demon of malice, the pinnacle of all the evilness in the world. Ah, I really wanted to train more with my sensei. I didn¡¯t even get to use all my powers, I didn¡¯t get to tell Cairn my name, I wasn¡¯t able to tell dad how much I missed him. And I wasn¡¯t able to tell Kuro how much I love her.¡± Sanata became sad for him, but she can¡¯t turn back now. She will be using Shiro as a bait for Lucifer to give release Shiro''s true power. She needed to be evil in order for her to meet her love again. It may sound stupid, but this is the only way to make Michael appear again. Sanata is not sure if this is going to work, but she would still continue her plan. Everything is planned out. The only thing that she needed to do was to... "Hey, boy.¡± Shiro tilted his head. ¡°Do you mind if I asked you a favor?¡± Sanata told him while turning her back around. ¡°What is it?¡± ¡°If I¡¯m defeated here, I want you to be the one who will kill me.¡± Shiro stopped for a second. And he smiled. ¡°Yes. I will.¡± ¡°That¡¯s good to hear. Oh, and if you got your power back, don¡¯t hold back when fighting me.¡± Sanata turned around and took Shiro¡¯s chin with her hand, she made him look into her eyes and said, ¡°Because if you do, you''ll get killed first.¡± And then she stood up and looked up. The whole place shaked, it was kike an earthquake had hit hell. But they don¡¯t know why is it. ¡°They''re here.¡± And then the whole place that they were staying explodes, leaving nothing behind. Raphael slapped Lucifer''s back as he say, ¡°WHAT HAVE YOU DONE, STUPID ANGEL?! WHAT IF YOU KILLED SHIRO, WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO?¡± Lucifer coughed as he tried to talk, but it was Kuro who answered Raphael¡¯s question. ¡°Shiro-kun isn¡¯t that weak. He could easily break that place down. Speaking of, look.¡± She pointed downwards and they saw two people, one with chains, and one standing. Kuro released her burning sword, Asmodeus, from its seal and then pointed it at the demon lord. ¡°Prepare to pay for your sins, demon lord.¡± ¡°EVERYONE, ATTACK!¡± Lucifer shouted as loud as possible, and every being from his demons to the heaven¡¯s angels appeared at the back of them. Sanata looked challenged as she saw thousands of beings gathered to try and beat her down. ¡°Looks like this is going to be a hard fight. Are you ready, my demons?¡± And then, the army of demons that she prepared appeared behind her and charged upwards, they shouted as they charged. ¡°And as for me,¡± Sanata said as she ripped off her clothes. ¡°¡ªArcana. Satanichiel.¡± - End of Chapter 15 - “Ill take back what I said. I won’t be the one to kill you when you are defeated.â€� ¡°And as for me,¡± Sanata said as she ripped off her clothes. ¡°¡ªArcana. Satanichie¡ª¡± ¡°AAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!¡± Sanata was startled by that sudden warcry. No, it was not a warcry, it''s Shiro screaming. ¡°WHY DID YOU STRIP NAKED, YOU BASTARD!?¡± Shiro shouted at Sanata as he tries to shake off the ripped parts of her clothes on his body. Sanata tilted her head and asked, ¡°What are you saying? This is my arcana, Satanichiel.¡± Shiro was annoyed more by her answer. ¡°Y-You... you don''t know what''s going to happen don''t you...¡± Sanata was confused more. She sighed as she turned around to look at the beings charging at her. ¡°Just shut up and watch, human. This is my power.¡± ¡°You''ll get killed, you know.¡± ¡°Huh?¡± Sanata was surprised by what Shiro had said. Her head instantly turned around to look at him. Things started to confuse her more. Sanata looked at Shiro and Shiro is pointing somewhere at top. Sanata slowly looked towards that and remembered. ¡°Ah, I forgot.¡± Shiro nodded. ¡°Yeah. My girlfriend is a demon.¡± Sanata smiled as she felt the blazing aura of the flaming demon. ¡°That''s a nice call, Shiro. But, don''t worry.¡± ¡°Why would I worry about you when she''s going to kill me?¡± ¡°Hahah! I said don''t worry, I won''t be losing in the next few seconds.¡± Shiro sighed. But as he looks down at the dirt, he saw the ground shaking. He looked at Sanata. He saw her being enveloped in a dark aura. Her eyes dark as the black pearl, her twin-tails pointing upwards. And then, everything was enveloped by a white light. Lucifer, Raphael, Cairn and Mordecai. They were all respectively leading their beings towards Sanata when... ¡°Sanata stripped!?¡± Lucifer said. ¡°Everyone, GET BACK!¡± Raphael said. Every being was startled, but they followed what Raphael had said. Lucifer tried to remember when was the last time he saw this. And then he did. ¡°What are you doing!? Don''t stop! Sanata''s vulnerable when she''s transforming into her Arcana!¡± When everyone heard arcana, they became scared. Lucifer looked at everyone and realized, ¡°Just by hearing her arcana, everyone¡ª¡° ¡°Stand up. Fight.¡± A soft yet commanding voice was heard all over the sky. ¡°Sanata... how dare you strip in front of Shiro-kun... and you even threw your clothes on him!? How dare you!? I''LL KILL YOU!¡± Kuro flew with a tremendous speed. And she slashed down the demons that were blocking her way. Everyone stopped for a moment. Silence filled the sky. ¡°G-Go...¡± Cairn''s small voice was heard otherwise. Everyone looked at each other and their eyes were filled with confidence once again. And they all released their weapons and casts their magics. ¡°GO! FOR THE EARTH!¡± Lucifer cried. ¡°YEAH!!!¡± Everyone else answered. They went and followed the demon general in her tracks. Cairn sighed because of relief. He thought the raid''s going to fail because of that. But it didn''t. He felt a hand in shoulder. He looked at it and saw Lucifer. ¡°That was a good one, kid. You''ll make a good general someday. But for now, do what you can do.¡± His eyed widened, with excitement all over his face. ¡°Yes, sir!¡± And he followed all those beings. The light that was enveloping the whole place was still there, they still have a lot of time before Sanata completes her transformation. That was what they thought. Slowly, part by part, Sanata''s body is being covered in black-white plates. Her hands, her chest, her legs, every part of her body are starting to get covered. Horns grew upwards her head. She grew four more wings, resulting in 6 wings. Her wings with white lines are also being covered with plates. She looked like a black doll of clay. But it changed when the bright light stopped and went back inside her chest. The light scattered from her chest towards every part of her body. Her pitch-black plates has now white lines pulsing throughout her whole body. Some of those plates broke down and flew behind her instead, forming into swords. With five swords behind her, Sanata¡¯s transformation is complete. Dark aura filled the whole place. Everyone felt the malice coming from the demon lord. But they didn''t stop. The demons of Sanata engaged with the beings right after the transformation is complete. Kuro was overwhelmed by numbers; she couldn''t cut down every one of them fast enough. But her strength is unparalleled. No demon could touch her, only her sword. That is when, attacks stopped coming for her. The demons flew towards the other beings. Kuro didn''t like it. She knew someone ordered them to get away. ¡°¡ªIs it that you, Alistair?¡± Alistair bowed at her and said, ¡°Yes, please forgive me for my rudeness. The demon lord doesn''t want her army to get cut down to half with just a single demon. Please understand.¡± Kuro removed the blood that was on her sword. ¡°So? Will you be the one accompanying me?¡± ¡°If you say so, I would love to.¡± Kuro assumed a stance. She held the sword with her right hand and put her left hand in her front as if she''s planning to cut Alistair into two. ¡°Then let''s get started!¡±This story has been unlawfully obtained without the author''s consent. Report any appearances on Amazon. She jumped and slashed Alistair into two. Mordecai and the others were having problems fighting the demons. The ratio is 3 demons to one of their beings. That the demons are also stronger than any demons they''ve fought before. It almost seems like they''re fighting the demon lord herself. But, they will prevail. Mordecai thought in his head. That is, because... ¡°The plan is on motion, boys!!¡± ¡°Yeah!!!¡± Everyone shouted as they receive morale. Cairn was smiling. While he is sliding at the ground towards the place where the demon lord is. Sweat pouring off his face. Just by looking at the demon lord his feet starts to tremble. But, the plan should continue. His fear shouldn''t let the plan go to waste! ¡°I''ll be coming for you, Demon Lord!¡± ¡°Hoh?¡± Sanata said as she turns her head to the right side. ¡°A lowly demon like you dares to challenge me in a fight?¡± Cairn laughed and said, ¡°No, that is not my intention, my lord.¡± As they talk, he becomes closer and closer towards Sanata. ¡°My job is...¡± He grabbed Shiro off his neck and slides upwards the sky. Shiro screamed. ¡°AAAAAAAHHHHH, Oh it''s you, Cairn. How you doing?¡± ¡°...¡± For some reason, Cairn was silent. Shiro saw sweat pouring from Cairn''s face. After a few seconds, Cairn gulped and talked. ¡°Let''s talk later. Sanata''s demons are following us.¡± Shiro nodded. As they fly upwards, demons started to follow them. The allied beings saw that and helped Shiro and Cairn. They attacked the ones following Cairn and Shiro until no one is left. Shiro smiled as he saw demons and angels helping each other, as well as the asmoriths. ¡°I didn''t expect to see this view.¡± Cairn answered politely. ¡°Yes. Me too.¡± Sanata looked at the two as they safely land on where the beings first arrived. ¡°Hm. That was a good one. I hesitated for a little, but killing that demon without him noticing is a pretty boring thing. I''ll let him live for now. And also,¡± Sanata turned around. ¡°I''ll be taking your son back in a few minutes. So for the meantime, entertain me okay?¡± Lucifer and Raphael landed behind Sanata. They were assuming battle stances. Sanata smiled. ¡°Don''t be like that, let''s talk for a little.¡± She said. Raphael and Lucifer looked at each other''s eyes and decided. They undid their stances and walked closely towards Sanata. Sanata smirked and created a throne for her to sit down. ¡°So? Do you have anything you want to say before we beat you down?¡± Raphael asked. ¡°Raphael.¡± Lucifer held up his hand and stopped Raphael from provoking. Sanata created a golden goblet full of wine and drank from it. ¡°Hm. This is good. Want to try?¡± she asked. ¡°Spare me the royalty, Sanata. What do you want? No, what really is your intention?¡± Sanata clicked her tongue. Lucifer noticed it but he disregards her. ¡°Surely you don''t intend to just let Shiro go, you have another intention, right? What is it? Why do you need to involve everyone in it? Why? Why do you have to decieve us all? Look around, everyone is fighting, and here you are drinking a wine without a care in the world! What do you really want you demon!?¡± Lucifer shouted as he talks. Raphael stood there agreeing with everything Lucifer said. Sanata looked around; she saw the result of her selfishness. She looked at earth, saw the humans suffer, as well as their death. The trees that her beloved God made, the animals that he made to be protected, all of that were dying. And here she was, sitting. Waiting for someone that might never even come. She looked down and said, ¡°Then what do you think about yourself, Lucifer?¡± ¡°...What do you mean?¡± Lucifer asked. ¡°You fought me out of your selfish desires.¡± Lucifer was taken aback. He stepped backwards for he realized, ¡°She is right.¡± in his mind. Sanata drank the wine and threw it near Lucifer. ¡°You fought me mainly because you want control over hell.¡± ¡°That''s not¡ª¡° ¡°You want power. You want power to stand up against him. Isn''t that also selfishness?¡± ¡°...¡± ¡°You are a demon. You are no angel. Even now. You use your army just to save one child.¡± ¡°..One child, huh.¡± Sanata looked at him with sharp eyes. Lucifer replied with a glare. ¡°I asked them if they want to join me. They replied honestly. And, if I win this war, the world will be saved. So don''t tell me I''m selfish for wanting to save the world.¡± Sanata clicked her tongue once more. ¡°Looks like we can''t talk this through.¡± ¡°You should know that from the start.¡± Sanata clicked her fingers and commands. ¡°Go.¡± And two shadows appeared from behind her to fight Lucifer and Raphael. They landed on their feet just in front of the two. And the two was caught by surprise but still managed to assume their battle stances. The ones who landed was... ¡°Azazel... and Montair.¡± Raphael said. ¡°Raph, we need to get Azazel. I can take care of Montair, you go and punch that Asmorith back to his senses.¡± Raphael laughed and created a sword out of light. ¡°Yo! Idiot Azazel. Let''s talk for a minute, shall we?¡± Raphael raised his left hand and waved to Azazel. Azazel looked angry. But he replied. ¡°I don''t have time for talks. I''ll kill you fast, so I can finally be able to kill Lucifer for killing my son.¡± Raphael sighed at him and said, ¡°Sigh. You really need some talking. Don''t worry, I''ll bring you to your kin later, just wait.¡± Azazel rejected. ¡°Hmph. I won''t let myself be beaten by the likes of you. Not until I had my revenge.¡± Raphael leaned towards him down to his chest, with his sword at his right hand, he assumed his battle stance. Azazel summoned bolts of lightning on both his hands. It sparked dangerously. Raphael broke a sweat on his face. ¡°Woah, this won''t seem easy.¡± And he jumped on his position and appeared on Azazel''s face, with his sword on Azazel''s cheek. Lucifer and Montair stared at each other. Both are strong. Both are smart. But... They don''t know a single thing about each other. ¡°Who is this?¡± Lucifer asked. Sanata''s eyes widened and she laughed. ¡°That''s my general, in par with Zenainiel. You already forgot?¡± ¡°No, it''s just... I haven''t seen him anywhere.¡± Montair bowed at Lucifer and talked. ¡°Forgive me, I also don''t know anything about you. Yet here we are, about to kill each other.¡± Lucifer waved his hands. ¡°No, no. It''s alright. I''m used to these kinds of things. Anyways, let''s have a good fight.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Montair started with a punch that was almost invisible, for it is faster than the naked eyes could see. Lucifer was definitely surprised by that. And in an instant, smoke filled the view of them both. Sanata sat there, watching her army overwhelm the allied beings. She looked up and remembered the time when she were badly hurt by Michael. ¡°Argh! That angel... he deceived me! How dare he... how dare he!¡± She thought Michael''s words were lies, she thought that what he really wanted was to kill Sanata, those words were there just to take her attention and kill her in the process. But she was wrong. Those wounds healed. And they never scarred. And for some reason, She felt more powerful after that fight. Everytime she came back from a fight from the upper hell, She always thinks about him. She doesn''t know why, But she just did. Can you really just fall in love with someone you met with in a few minutes? And you even hurt each other the first time you met. Yes. With a little touch of kindness, you could. What Sanata just wanted was, To meet him again. She kidnapped an angel to ask about Michael. The angel said that he was the most destructive angel, and the kindest. Sanata already knew that. What she wants to know was how to get to him. The angel said, ¡°You could never. Not until you become an angel yourself.¡± That hurt Sanata. She never really wanted to be evil. She just became one without knowing it. And so she decided. ¡°I will raid heaven.¡± And that''s when she heard about the being that''s called the ¡°nephilim¡±. Sanata sighed as she remembered those days. She said to herself, ¡°If I can''t get up to you, then you''ll go down to me, huh.¡± That''s what she meant by all this mess. She want Michael to come down and retrieve his vessel, save the world, or destroy it. No matter what choice he makes, Sanata will still be able to see him, talk to him. She just wanted to be with him a little longer. That kindness, it makes you crave for more. After thousands of years of only having malice, one touch of kindness is the deadliest. That''s why, no matter what. ¡°I''ll make you appear today, o great angel.¡± Sanata smiled as she talks. Shiro and Cairn safely landed on the place where the beings first arrived. In there, there was a few injured being healed by the others to continue the fight. Shiro noticed it. But he didn''t react. Because if he did, the morale will go down. He walked towards Cairn that was impatiently looking down at the fight. He said, ¡°Cairn. Isn''t this okay? You already saved me, let''s take everyone and run away! There''s no need to stay here and make everyone be hurt because of me, right?¡± Cairn replied with a shaky voice. ¡°I''m sorry. We have a plan. We also need Azazel to stop Armageddon. And also, if they could, they want to bring down the demon lord too.¡± ¡°They can''t do that!¡± ¡°I know. That''s why,¡± Cairn pointed down. ¡°If they could, they''ll just blow up this whole place down.¡± Shiro were surprised. ¡°H-How are they going to do that?¡± ¡°Arcana.¡± When he heard that word, Shiro realized that he still don''t know anything about his father''s, no, even Raphael''s arcana. ¡°A-Anyways can you remove this chains? They''re pretty heavy and I can''t use any magic while chained.¡± ¡°Ah, you''re right. I almost forgot about that.¡± ¡°Oi...¡± Cairn touched a part of the pitch black chains. He casted a demon skill. ¡°Disintegrate - Continuously.¡± Heat passed down from his hands towards the chains, and slowly, Shiro also heated up. ¡°WHAT ARE YOU DOING YOU IDI- AH HOT! HOT! IT''S HOT OI!¡± ¡°Stay still for a moment, I''ll finish these in seconds.¡± ¡°YOU...¡± And just like what he said, it broke down in 10 seconds or less. Shiro was jumping because of the heat on his wrists when he noticed Cairn. He walked closely to him and asked, ¡°Aren''t we gonna go down?¡± ¡°No, that''s not the plan. I just have to save you.¡± ¡°So we gonna wait?¡± ¡°...Yeah. Although I don''t want to.¡± ¡°Yeah. Me too.¡± Cairn sat down a nearby rock and Shiro followed. ¡°It''s hard being weak isn''t it. You can''t do anything without the help of others.¡± Shiro talked. ¡°Yeah. And if you try to do your best, people will just laugh off you because they can do better.¡± Shiro looked up the red tunnel. And then, he decided. He jumped off on where he sat and landed in front of Cairn. Cairn was confused, but he noticed Shiro offering his hands. Cairn took it, and was also taken by a surprise. ¡°My name''s Shiro. It''s nice to meet you, Cairn.¡± And at that moment, Cairn cried. Not because he finally knew what his friend''s name was. It was because he knew what would happen next. ¡°I decided... I will go down. Together with you of course. And I will prove... that even weak ones can do something.¡± Shiro said with gleam in his eyes. Cairn nodded and shook Shiro''s hand. ¡°Nice to meet you too. My friend.¡± And they walked towards the end of the tunnel. A punch from upper right, and she deflected it gloriously. Another one at her abdomen, but she dodged fast enough. ¡°Hm. You are fast miss, but you lack punches. I mean literally.¡± ¡°It''s because I use a sword, Altair. And I don''t want to slice you up in an instant. That''ll be boring.¡± Kuro provoked him, but she clearly knew. That she can''t match the speed of that greater demon. Evidence of punches was visible in Kuro''s body. On her shoulder, at her stomach, even at her cheek. She brushed off the blood that was on her cheek and prepared to attack. That''s when she saw a familiar light that gave her the push she need. ¡°Shit! I can''t get close. That lightning hurts so bad, old man.¡± Raphael held his hand that was burned by the lightning the lord of asmoriths uses. He''s still holding on his sword with his right hand. But it''s clear that he cannot continue battling with his left hand burned. He''s very well-versed of battles that went on like this. But his mind is full of things. He couldn''t think properly. What skill should I use? What move should I take? Can I beat him? Can we even win this? Are they alright? Aren''t we losing? As he realizes those things, a guide of light went down the sky and gave him a clue as to what he should do. ¡°Ah, you''re right. I just have to...¡± Raphael undid the light sword and formed a sphere with his hands. Azazel knew what he was going to do. ¡°You can''t use that thing on me. Even if you undid me, my memories and emotions still won''t change. I will always be seeking revenge, you know that too well.¡± Raphael laughed. ¡°I''m not going to use it to you, you don''t need some undoing!¡± Azazel''s eyes widened. ¡°You can''t mean...¡± ¡°Arcana!¡± Azazel clicked his tongue and attacked with bolts of lightning. But he was too late. ¡°Sahkiel.¡± ¡°To be honest,¡± Lucifer talked to himself. ¡°I don''t really know why we have to do this.¡± ¡°Void Slash!¡± A crescent moon of darkness appeared as Montair slashed Lucifer. Lucifer used his hands and vaporized it. But that didn''t end. Continuously, each and every time, the skill becomes stronger and stronger. It makes harder for Lucifer to dissipate it. Montair noticed it and stopped attacking. ¡°Lucifer.¡± ¡°Hm?¡± ¡°If you keep on defending my attacks, without attacking, you''ll die.¡± Lucifer smiled and honestly replied, ¡°I know.¡± ¡°Then why do you keep on doing so?¡± ¡°Hm... for personal reasons. But my reason for now is a worldly reason.¡± ¡°What does that¡ª¡° ¡°It doesn''t mean anything.¡± ¡°...¡± Montair was slightly angered by Lucifer. But, he has the upper hand. He jumped off straight to the face of Lucifer. And Lucifer deflected him with just bare hands. Montair was pushed down to the ground. A smoke of sand covered them. ¡°At this rate, I really will get killed.¡± Lucifer said to himself. ¡°But it''s still not enough. I still need more time.¡± And that''s when he saw a meteor fall down from above. And that meteor made him realize one thing. Montair also looked up at that. No, not just him, everyone in the battle. They all looked up at that mysterious light. And Lucifer said to Montair, ¡°Hah! Now you messed up.¡± ¡°Huh? Aren''t you the one that messed up? Your prisoner came back down, just to get caught?¡± ¡°Hm... well, you have a point. But there''s something different from him now.¡± ¡°And that is?¡± ¡°This.¡± Lucifer held up his right hand. And what Montair saw, made him rush to the demon''s face and punch him to death. Sanata was standing up when she saw that white light, And she said, ¡°Ah, you came back here just to get beaten?¡± Shiro landed. Sanata looked surprised. Somehow, he is different. What can be the difference with him in just few minutes of being released from me? Sanata asked. Shiro replied. ¡°I''m not going to get beaten anytime.¡± Sanata laughed it off as a bad joke. Because it really is. ¡°Hahaha! How do you expect to beat me then?¡± Shiro smiled, as if he also thought that what he said is a joke. But, he looked at her with a strong gaze. ¡°You said earlier... that if you''ll be beaten... you want me to kill you, right?¡± Sanata nodded. ¡°Then, I''ll kindly take it back.¡± ¡°What?¡± Sanata was surprised. ¡°It''s because...¡± A large smoke appeared not far from them, and from there, a demon was sent flying. It was Alistair. He landed on a big rock and was immobilized; he was fast asleep. Someone jumped off that smoke and landed on Shiro''s right side. Shiro smiled and greeted her, ¡°Yo, Kuro. You doing well?¡± ¡°Hello, Shiro-kun. Yes. Now that I get to be by your side.¡± Sanata was surprised. She thought that Alistair could win that battle against the demon general but she didn''t thought was the power of will that Alistair is missing. And then, A large sphere appeared behind them. Inside it was Raphael, and Azazel. With Azazel, unconscious. And Raphael... well, he looks like a teenager? He used his wings and went towards Shiro''s left side. Sanata was pissed. She clicked her tongue. ¡°That damn asmorith, not doing his job properly.¡± ¡°Well, his only job was to piss you off apparently.¡± Raphael replied. Sanata laughed. ¡°Even when you are just a kid, your mouth is still foul as ever, great teacher.¡± ¡°Oh please, I''m just a student.¡± Raphael smiled. Sanata knew what was going to happen next. Montair, her strongest general, appeared instantly at her left side. He was kneeling. ¡°Forgive me... my lord. I can''t... I can''t fight him any longer.¡± Sanata patted her general''s head and said. ¡°It''s alright. You can rest now.¡± ¡°Yes...¡± Montair collapsed on the ground. She looked behind her and saw the one who''s always breaking her plans. Lucifer. ¡°Ah, now that I filled this thing with my power, I can finally fight him. He''s strong, I admit that. But he didn''t use it to win. He used it to defeat me. There''s a difference, am I right?¡± Lucifer landed behind Shiro. The allied beings was miraculously winning the fight against the million demons, with their sheer power and their teamwork. Sanata was speechless. She really was speechless. She looked at the center of them all. And that center spoke, ¡°I''ll take back what I said. I won¡¯t be the one to kill you when you are defeated.¡± Shiro inhaled and exhaled. He looked at Sanata with blazing eyes. ¡°We will.¡± - End of Chapter 16 - “Am I too late, I wonder?â€� Sanata¡¯s face was darkened. As she continue to stand, Shiro and the others prepares themselves for battle. And then she spoke, ¡°Very well. If you can defeat me, that is.¡± Everyone became more alert. They assumed battle stances, activated magics; they all prepared themselves to a battle in which they wouldn¡¯t know what would result in. Sanata sat on the throne behind her and the five floating swords behind her followed. The swords plunged themselves on the ground as if they were crosses for the dead. Sanata leaned on her back as she watched them. She saw nervousness in their eyes. ¡°What¡¯s wrong?¡± Sanata asked. ¡°I thought you lot are going to defeat me? What happened to that?¡± Shiro didn¡¯t move an inch. He was staring so deeply at the demon lord. Kuro noticed him. ¡°He must be planning something.¡± Kuro muttered to herself. Everybody was waiting for Shiro¡¯s signal to attack. Sweat pouring from their faces, hands that starts shaking. But Shiro¡¯s too focused on staring at the demon lord that he didn¡¯t notice all of that. Shiro¡¯s eyes were unwavering. His mind thinking about one question. ¡°How can she sit on the throne if she has wings behind her back?¡± ¡°¡­¡± Everyone became silent. They were speechless. But even so, as they look at Sanata, the same question also popped in their head. ¡°Thinking about less important things before a fight? You really are your father¡¯s son.¡± Raphael said with a laugh. Everyone laughed at response. ¡°Yeah, Shiro-kun has always been like that. But I don¡¯t hate it.¡± Kuro said while laughing. ¡°I don¡¯t know that much about him but, he really does some ridiculous things.¡± Cairn said to them. ¡°H-Hey, that was just a joke. Don¡¯t take it too seriously.¡± Shiro said to them. ¡°Yeah, yeah.¡± Everyone replied together. Now that the nervousness is gone, they are all ready for the battle. Sanata smiled as she watches them. And then, they looked in front of them with both happiness and determination. ¡°Let¡¯s end this. And save the world.¡± Kuro was the first one to move. She jumped off the ground towards the air. She flew up high that Sanata didn¡¯t even bother looking at her. Cairn flew slowly towards the center. He held his hands side to side, closed his eyes, and muttered some words. ¡°Demonic skill; Demon¡¯s Barrier.¡± Everyone became covered in a reddish light. Raphael and Lucifer nodded at each other and then they ran towards Sanata. While running, Raphael talked to Lucifer. ¡°Lucifer, if worse comes to worse.¡± ¡°Yeah. I know. I won¡¯t hesitate to use it.¡± Lucifer looked at Raphael and smiled. Raphael knew that Lucifer meant what he said; he will use it, even at the cost of his own life. ¡°Well then, let¡¯s go.¡± Raphael said while raising his right hand, clenches it like he was holding something and then a sword appeared out of nowhere. He then slashed the wind as if he¡¯s slashing something. Raphael then jumped to boost his speed. He prepared to slash Sanata with his sword when¡ª One sword from the back of the throne instantly pulled itself to strike Raphael. It hit Raphael right exactly at his side. The force of the strike was so strong that it releases gusts of wind and threw Raphael out of Sanata¡¯s face. ¡°Raphael!¡± ¡°Raphael-san!¡± Kuro and Lucifer shouted when that happened. But they can¡¯t do anything about it. It happened too fast that it felt like a fly was killed in an instant. Shiro saw that and noticed that something was going towards Kuro. He saw it and realized that it was another sword that came from the back of Sanata¡¯s throne. ¡°KURO, WATCH OUT!¡± But Kuro heard Shiro¡¯s warning a little too late. The sword swung itself so fast that it happened in an instant. Strong gusts of wind filled the whole battlefield. Everyone was blown away. That same wind blocked Shiro¡¯s sight. He used his hands to protect his face from the strong winds. And when it stopped, Shiro hurriedly looked at Kuro. But his eyes widened in surprise. ¡°She¡­ blocked it?!¡± At that same time, something flew in the corner of the battlefield. It was Raphael. He landed beside Shiro. With his clothes full of dirt of the ground and his left cloth side open from the strike of that sword. ¡°Raphael-sensei, you were okay?!¡± Shiro shouted. ¡°Yeah, the sword¡¯s strength is nothing to make fun of. But it¡¯s not that fast.¡± ¡°It¡¯s not ¡®that¡¯ fast? I didn¡¯t even see it happened, just how fast are you talking about?¡± Shiro asked with confusion in his eyes. Raphael then looked at Cairn and bowed. ¡°If it was not for that demon¡¯s barrier, I would have been pulverized.¡± Shiro and Raphael then looked at Kuro. She was still holding her place against the sword. It¡¯s clear that she¡¯s having problems with it; for its strength is comparable to her. And then, the sword removed its force; resulting to Kuro¡¯s leaning towards it. Kuro¡¯s eyes widened; she knew she was going to get hit. It was then a red laser hit the sword, turning it around. Kuro took that chance to deal a strong strike to the sword; she put Asmodeus up and slashed it down hard. A very loud sound of clanking filled the battlefield. And Kuro was once again surprised by what she saw. Asmodeus didn¡¯t even manage to scratch that sword. ¡°These swords¡­¡± ¡°Yeah. They¡¯re strong. As expected of Sanata¡¯s Satanichiel.¡± ¡°And there are even five of them, exactly the same number as us. And judging by their power, some of us won¡¯t be able to hold it. What should we do?¡± Raphael then stretched his arms. ¡°Don¡¯t worry. I¡¯ll take four of them. You and the others go and fight Sanata. We don¡¯t have that much time left.¡± ¡°Fo-Four?!¡± ¡°Yeah. But don¡¯t worry. I have a plan.¡± Raphael said with a smirk on his face. Kuro was still fighting the sword that equally matches her strength. Every blow was enough to release gusts of winds upon them. ¡°If one sword is this strong, then how strong would Sanata be?¡± she asked herself.This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road. If you spot it on Amazon, please report it. But it won¡¯t change anything even if she knew the answer. What she need aren¡¯t answers, it is power. As she continues to exchange blows, she occasionally glances down at Shiro and the others. She noticed that Raphael started walking slowly towards Sanata, while Shiro was running towards Cairn. ¡°Hoh?¡± Sanata exclaimed as she saw Raphael going straight towards her. ¡°What are you planning, angel?¡± ¡°I¡¯m not planning on doing any tricks you won¡¯t like. But this one, I know you¡¯ll love it.¡± Raphael said while he leaned towards Sanata, showing his wings to her. Sanata¡¯s eyes sharpened and she clicked her fingers. The other three swords on the back pulled themselves and floated in front of the throne. Raphael then flew upwards and dodged the swords. He falls right down Sanata¡¯s head and was about to slash it when the swords deflected his strike. He breathed in, and casted a skill. ¡°Light hit!¡± His hand started to blur like it was not real; just an image. The swords started to get hit with consecutive invisible hits. They tried to strike Raphael but Raphael¡¯s light hit is faster than them. It was then when he managed to throw off the four swords out of Sanata¡¯s head. He prepared to slash her but¡ª ¡°Tch.¡± Sanata clicked her tongue. In an instant, the sword that Kuro was fighting dissipated in the air like it was just an illusion. Same goes for the other four. A large, black sword materialized into Sanata¡¯s hands. She used it to strike Raphael a millisecond faster. The red light that covered Raphael was destroyed like glass and Raphael was thrown once again. When Raphael was hit by Sanata¡¯s sword, Cairn and Shiro both received some damage. Cairn used a demon skill; it shares the damage taken of an ally towards the others who the caster appointed to. The damage was so strong that it made both of them kneel in pain. What¡¯s more if you get hit directly without sharing any damage? After Sanata¡¯s strike, the sword that she held disassembled and formed the five swords once again. They plunged themselves to the ground in front of her and the battle is once again back to zero. Kuro went down and helped Shiro to stand. ¡°Are you okay, Shiro-kun?¡± she asked while she held Shiro in her arms. ¡°Y-Yeah. Raph-sensei¡¯s plan worked. We can now advance.¡± Kuro tilted her head. ¡°What plan?¡± ¡°Ah. About that¡­¡± Shiro turned around and looked towards the place where Raphael was thrown. They saw Raphael sitting down at the ground. He coughed off some blood and starts to stand up. As he did, a smile became visible in his face. And then he talked. ¡°I knew it.¡± Raphael said with a smirk. ¡°You can¡¯t attack while these swords are present. That¡¯s why you took four of them to attack me.¡± Sanata didn¡¯t react. But after a few seconds, she sighed. ¡°So? What will you do with that little information? Will you be able to kill me now?¡± Raphael started to glow in light. ¡°No¡­¡± Bluish white plates starts to cover his body starting from his back. ¡°We¡¯re just going to beat the shit out of you.¡± ¡°Hmph.¡± Sanata created ten swords, hundred swords and pointed all of them towards Shiro and the others. ¡°I¡¯d like to see you try.¡± As she said those, every one of the swords quickly strikes all of them. ¡°Hm, you¡¯re so impatient, demon lord.¡± Raphael said as he walks towards all of that. ¡°Arcana.¡± The swords closing up until one sword is just an inch from Raphael¡¯s face. ¡°Sahkiel.¡± Everything stopped. Even that sword in front of Raphael. As he walks forward, those hundred swords also start going backwards. ¡°I assume you already knew my arcana, Sanata.¡± Sanata impatiently sways her hand, trying to move them out of the sphere without any result. ¡°It¡¯s time, Sanata.¡± ¡°There¡¯s no such thing such as time in my vocabulary.¡± Sanata said. When the sphere was removed, the swords were back towards where Sanata is, and Shiro as well as the others are starting to walk towards her. ¡°Let¡¯s restart; we¡¯re going to be the ones who will attack. Is that okay?¡± Raphael said as he creates two light swords. Kuro burned Asmodeus with demon flames, Shiro casted enhance on every part of his body. Cairn supported them with barriers and enchantments. And as for Lucifer¡­ ¡°I have finished scanning those swords. It took me long enough considering searching for every piece of material in this world. But I can¡¯t find it. So, I looked beyond. It seems like they¡¯re made from materials that¡¯s not from this world. So that¡¯s why even Asmodeus can¡¯t even deal any damage.¡± Lucifer flew towards Shiro and the others. He also walked towards Sanata while explaining how to deal with those swords. ¡°Those swords have one weakness. The sun.¡± Sanata clicked her tongue. ¡°So you found it out, huh.¡± ¡°Yeah. You control space, that¡¯s why you used materials from it. Dark Matter. That¡¯s what they are made of, right?¡± The throne behind Sanata disassembles and covers her body. ¡°But where can you get a single piece of sunlight inside hell, Lucifer?¡± Lucifer held his right hand up, and a yellow-orange sphere appeared. ¡°Here.¡± Sanata¡¯s eyes became full of anger. She swayed her hands and pointed them towards the Shiro and the others. The swords quickly followed. Lucifer then muttered something in his breath. ¡°Demonic skill; Supernova.¡± Rays of light came from the sphere and burned the swords to dust. Sanata continues on creating swords and Lucifer continues on disintegrating them. As they walk closer towards Sanata, they start to become serious. Finally, they can save the world. Raphael teleported in front of Sanata and slashed her. Sanata clicked her tongue and let herself fall to the ground, dodging Raphael¡¯s strike. She then used her wings to stop right before touching the ground and backs away. Kuro jumped from the side towards Sanata and she slashed up to try and strike Sanata. Sanata saw her and she lifted her hands up and in an instant, swords appeared from the ground towards Sanata¡¯s side to deflect Asmodeus. She continues to back away with her wings as the attacks from them continue. Just before she lands on the ground, the ground breaks and Sanata was almost caught by it. The broken parts of the ground floated and strikes Sanata from every side. The rocks covered Sanata¡¯s visage, her body cannot be seen. That¡¯s Cairn¡¯s Demonic Skill. Earth Binder. The rocks blew away and Sanata resurfaced. But that was a mistake. She saw something flew up high. She looked at it and saw him, the one who¡¯s going to end this all. Shiro Akashi. ¡°Light Punch!¡± Shiro was clenching his fists that are glowing in white light. He successfully landed his strike to Sanata¡¯s chest. But. Something feels wrong. ¡°You¡­¡± Sanata said while her face is darkened. ¡°Do you think this is enough to beat me?¡± She faced Shiro and shouted. ¡°Demon Lord¡¯s Demonic Skill!¡± Raphael realized that she was about to unleash an unknown skill. So he shouted at Shiro who was staring at Sanata like a statue. ¡°SHIRO, GET AWAY FROM HER!¡± Shiro turned around. But he only saw Raphael teleporting in front of him and the others shouting something. He looked in front of him slowly. He saw Raphael. Pierced with a large sword in his chest. ¡°Devil¡¯s Sword.¡± Sanata said as she releases the sword out of Raphael¡¯s body. Raphael fell to the ground. Blood oozed from his center. Shiro¡¯s eyes widened. He couldn¡¯t say anything. Nothing is coming out from his mouth. And so, the others moved to help him. Everything becomes slow. It feels like he¡¯s been moved into a slower world. Kuro slowly ran towards him. But the floating swords strike her clothes and she became pinned to a large rock. Cairn was stopped by gravity released by Sanata. He was forcefully pinned to the ground. Sanata looked back at Shiro who is now kneeling. ¡°I am the demon lord. There¡¯s no way a mere punch could deal any damage to me. Let alone defeat me.¡± She raised her hands and once again the swords formed the devil¡¯s sword. She pointed it at Shiro¡¯s face and she said, ¡°I¡¯m disappointed at you. I thought you could finally save me. I was wrong.¡± Lightning appeared from behind her. Azazel surfaced from it. ¡°Forgive me. I wasn¡¯t able to recover my power fast enough. It was depleted when he took me back to time.¡± A demon fell from the sky and landed behind. It destroyed the ground beneath and left a crater. It was Alistair. ¡°My lord.¡± And then, what seems like a rift in space appeared and someone came out of it. It was Montair. He kneeled without saying anything. Sanata looked at the other parts of the battlefield. She saw the demons overpowering the allied beings. As the allied beings saw their leaders fall one by one, their morale has also hit rock bottom. It was when Sanata looked at Shiro and speaks. ¡°You vigorously failed on defeating me, Shiro Akashi. You must now face the consequences of challenging me. As well as hindering my plans. Well, it¡¯s not like I put that much faith in you. You¡¯re just a weak kid after all.¡± She pointed the sword in Shiro¡¯s head and she pierced him. Sounds of flesh being tearing apart were heard. Somewhere in heaven, An angel is kneeling down in front of the one true creator, God himself. ¡°So? What do you want?¡± He asked. ¡°I¡¯m sure you already know, Father.¡± That person laughed as he said, ¡°Yeah. I know almost everything. So, why are you still here?¡± ¡°I want to ask for your permission.¡± ¡°Permission, huh? Permission for what?¡± ¡°I assume you know that too.¡± ¡°¡­¡± Michael stands up as he look at Him. ¡°Give me permission¡­ to give that little sister of yours a good beating.¡± ¡°Hah!¡± He laughed. ¡°Very well. But that¡¯s not all, right?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Michael turned his back and releases his wings. Two almost invisible wings because of their pureness. ¡°I¡¯ll let you¡­ together with her. I give you permission, my child.¡± ¡°Yes. Thank you. I¡¯ll be going now.¡± ¡°Yeah. Take care.¡± Michael let himself fall down from heaven. He was nearing the borders of heaven when he gets teleported to where Neptune is. From there, he flew so fast that he looked like a meteor. He flew from there towards Earth where the gates of hell is located. Every single person from the Earth saw that, and they were given hope to live on. Despite the agony that happens to them right now. Michael¡­ He entered hell. ¡°¡­¡± Sanata was speechless. And yet ¡®that¡¯ person hinders her again. And so, she speaks. ¡°Why do you hinder me so much, Lucifer?¡± Lucifer was pierced by the devil¡¯s sword instead of Shiro. Shiro watched as he saw his own father cough blood onto him. ¡°Shiro¡­ I¡¯m sorry.¡± ¡°Fa¡­ther¡­¡± ¡°Don¡¯t worry¡­ we¡¯ll be able to save the world. But you have to do one thing, one single thing. Can you do it?¡± Sanata removed the sword from Lucifer¡¯s back and he fell down to Shiro¡¯s arms. ¡°Take this.¡± Lucifer gave Shiro a silver orb. ¡°Your powers¡­ are in here. Take them, and defeat Sanata.¡± Shiro didn¡¯t accept it, he didn¡¯t touch that orb. That orb that almost destroyed the whole world years ago. Lucifer took his hand and put it on top of the orb. ¡°Don¡¯t worry. Everything will be okay.¡± He said. Lucifer¡¯s eyes darkened as he stands up. His body trembled from intense pain. And then he said, ¡°Arcana. Lucifiel.¡± Lucifer¡¯s body burned in the flames of hell. His eyes burned. As he turn around, Sanata¡¯s devil sword melted in seconds. Sanata¡¯s eyes widened. She quickly went back towards where the others are. Lucifer walks towards them. And Shiro heard the last words that came out of his father¡¯s mouth. ¡°The rest is up to you, my son.¡± He shouted with all of his heart. ¡°Lucifer!!!¡± But it didn¡¯t reach him. Lucifer jumped towards where Sanata was and used all of his power to burn the demon lord away. Everything went white. The sign that a great angel has fallen. The light of hope. Shiro cried as he held that silver orb. He looked at where Sanata was. And he saw her, some of her armor were melted. But she surely wasn¡¯t dead. Shiro¡¯s eyes widened. His body felt limp. ¡°Even that isn¡¯t enough?¡± Sanata catches her breath as she talks. ¡°That damn Lucifer. He almost killed me.¡± She stands up as she look at Shiro with anger. ¡°Now your father just made your death worse. Prepare for it, Shiro Akashi.¡± She grew closer to Shiro. Shiro held the orb as if it¡¯s his own father¡¯s head. Sanata raised her hands up and strikes down to Shiro¡¯s head. Shiro didn¡¯t know what happened but, what he know is that he isn¡¯t dead. A meteor fell down from the sky. No, it was an angel. And it was Michael. ¡°Am I too late, I wonder?¡± He said as he held Shiro in a princess carry. - End of Chapter 17 - “Now, this is where the real fun starts. Am I right, Layviel?! Zecharias and Mordecai eyes widened. They were surprised. Surprised to see that the allied leaders were falling one by one. The allied beings were also being overpowered by both the demon lord¡¯s army. They were losing soldiers at an insane amount of rate. Still, both Zecharias and Mordecai are elites. They won¡¯t get defeated easily. Their problems are the other allied beings, they may be elites but the demon lord¡¯s army is too strong for the allied beings to handle. One by one, the allied beings started to fall. As their leaders falls to the ground, so their morale. Mordecai thought what to do. Should he call back the beings? Or should they fight back and rescue the leaders? As he looks at every part of the battlefield, he saw angels, demons, and asmoriths falling one by one. That is when he thought, ¡°It¡¯s our loss.¡± Mordecai said with hopelessness in his eyes. Mordecai slowly descended towards the ground. While he did, the demons slowly pushed back the allied beings. He held his face with his hands, and was about to give up when an unfamiliar voice was heard. ¡°You¡¯re wrong. Nothing will end. Everything that ended is just another branch for something to start.¡± He quickly looked in front of him and saw the demon lord¡¯s army being enveloped in white light. Each and every one of them is floating inside white pillars of light. Mordecai looked around with awe in his eyes. ¡°I¡­ heard of this before¡­¡± A being covered in white light came down and landed in front of Mordecai. ¡°Now, another way of light has opened. Let us walk through it, and give them another taste of heaven¡¯s light.¡± The white light dissipates, showing the angel who brought light upon hell. ¡°Archangel¡­ Gabriel¡­¡± ¡°Yo, I¡¯m sorry we¡¯re late. Me and the angels had to prepare something for Sanata¡¯s army.¡± Gabriel turned around and looked at the demons. ¡°Heaven¡¯s Light. Take every angel and give them vessels to put heaven¡¯s light inside it, and unleash it all on hell. That took a little bit of time but as you can see, almost half of the demon lord¡¯s army is captured.¡± Thousands of demons became captured in white pillars of light. It was as if heaven descended to them. Every part of the lower hell gleamed with light. When the other demons saw this, they quickly went towards Gabriel. Even if hundreds of demons were flying their way towards Gabriel, he just stood there, smiling. When a demon got too close to Gabriel, he lifted his sword upwards and was about to slash Gabriel when an invisible being punched that demon in the face. That demon was thrown towards the ground. Mordecai was baffled, he opened and closed his eyes. ¡°W-What is that?¡± he asked. But Gabriel didn¡¯t say anything. That being that punched the demon slowly became visible. He stuttered as he said, ¡°T-Two Gabriels!?¡± Gabriel laughed. ¡°It¡¯s not just two,¡± At every part around Mordecai, invisible angels started to become visible. Their numbers seem tens, no, hundreds even. And they all took the form of Gabriel. Gabriel smiled as he finishes his sentence. ¡°We¡¯re one.¡± Mordecai seemed to notice a contradiction at Gabriel¡¯s statement. ¡°Wait, that sounds wro¡ª¡° But Gabriel didn¡¯t listen to him and instead, clasped his hands together as he says, ¡°Now, it¡¯s time for a counterattack!¡± Just when Gabriel finishes his sentence, he saw a familiar face wandering just behind the demon lord. ¡°Isn¡¯t that¡­ Azazel?¡± Mordecai jolted when he heard that name. He looked at it and saw his king looking for something. ¡°My liege¡­ what is he doing?¡± It was then when Gabriel went towards where Azazel is. Mordecai didn¡¯t have time to realize. Gabriel didn¡¯t know¡­ that Azazel was turned into a demon. Gabriel arrived just in front of Azazel. He saw Michael and Sanata talking to each other. The demon lord seemed busy, so he took this chance to talk to his brother. ¡°Hey, Azazel! What are you doing here? Why do you look so gloomy, are you alright?¡± But even if his voice was loud, Azazel didn¡¯t seem to hear it. Gabriel walked closer towards Azazel and was about to touch Azazel¡¯s shoulders when a lightning suddenly appeared around them. All those lightning violently sparked and was about to shock Gabriel to death when, ¡°What happened to you, o great king of Asmoriths?¡± Gabriels words stopped the lightning. Azazel turned around with his eyes looking like a father that saw his own son¡¯s death. Gabriel was confused by Azazel¡¯s behavior. And so, he asked. ¡°What¡¯s the problem, brother? Did something happen?¡± Azazel stayed silent. But after a few seconds, he started to mumble something. ¡°..fer.¡± ¡°What?¡± Gabriel didn¡¯t hear what he said so he went closer towards Azazel. Mordecai arrived a little too late. He shouted as he warns Gabriel. ¡°Azazel became a demon! And he¡¯s planning to kill everyone who has connection to his son¡¯s death!¡± It was then, when Gabriel heard what Azazel truly said. ¡°WHERE IS LUCIFEEEEER?!¡± Hundred bolts of lightning appeared out of nowhere and attacked Gabriel and Mordecai. Gabriel could protect himself but that Asmorith behind him, he knows he couldn¡¯t defend well. ¡°Stay down!¡± Gabriel shouted at Mordecai. Mordecai heard him and he let himself fall to the ground, barely dodging the bolts of lightning that exploded when it contacted the ground. Mordecai sighs a relief as he stands up. But as he saw the angel in front of him, his face stiffened. ¡°Are you¡­ alright?¡± It was Gabriel. Bleeding in every part of his body. He looked like he protected Mordecai from that lightning. But even he didn¡¯t thought, how strong Azazel¡¯s lightnings were. ¡°I thought¡­ I could defend myself from it. But it¡¯s different¡­ it¡¯s as if his very emotions go through those bolts of lightning. It felt so painful.¡± Gabriel said as he falls to the ground, not breathing. Mordecai checked him, he cannot feel any pulse. But then, a shadow appeared in front of Mordecai. It was Azazel. Azazel raised his right hand and was about to shock Mordecai when¡­ ¡°Ah, that¡¯s dangerous.¡± An angel slapped Azazel¡¯s hand and the bolts of lightning was shot to another place. Mordecai closed his eyes when it happened. But as he opens it, he saw ¡®him¡¯. ¡°You are¡­ Gabriel?!¡± ¡°Yes, we are Gabriel.¡± Another Gabriel appeared and helped Mordecai get back on his feet. Almost a hundred Gabriel appeared in front of Azazel. Gabriel¡ª no, Gabriels smiled as they said, ¡°Now, it¡¯s time for a real counterattack to begin.¡± Sanata looked at those pillars of light with widened eyes. ¡°Those are¡­¡± ¡°Heaven¡¯s Light. My brother did that. I lighted up your home, did you like it?¡± Michael smiled at Sanata. Seeing Michael¡¯s smile made her cheeks blush in deep red. ¡°HUUUUUH?! I DIDN¡¯T LIKE IT ONE A BIT! DON¡¯T TELL ME YOU EXPECT ME TO LIKE THIS?! W-WELL, I DON¡¯T! SO DON¡¯T GET YOUR HOPES UP, PUNY ANGEL!¡± The story has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the violation.Michael laughed as he listens. ¡°You¡¯re cute, Sanata.¡± ¡°Wha¡ª?!¡° Sanata blushed deep red once again. ¡°But I have to take care of something first. I will deal with you later.¡± Michael turns around as he continues. ¡°Well then, goodby¡ª¡° But just before Michael finishes his sentence, a beam of red light passed through his left face. And behind him, that red beam of light exploded. He slowly looked towards Sanata and saw her with her finger pointing at him. Michael noticed this and so he asked. ¡°W-What is it, demon lord? Do you still need something?¡± Sanata jolted. But then she replied with a slight smile in her face. ¡°We haven¡¯t even talked much, and now you already saying goodbye to me¡­¡± Michael laughed awkwardly. ¡°T-Then let¡¯s talk after I get this done, okay?¡± But then another beam was shot but this time it passed through his right face. Sanata looked serious. ¡°No. I want now.¡± Michael fixed his stance and stands straight. ¡°I¡¯m sorry. But I really need to¡ª¡° ¡°Alistair, Montair!¡± But just before he finishes his sentence, two demons appeared on both his sides. ¡°Don¡¯t let him go yet, capture him!¡± Montair aimed to kick Michael¡¯s right leg while Alistair aimed for Michael¡¯s left face. ¡°¡ªdo this and fast!¡± Michael said as finishes his sentence. He lifted his right feet to dodge Montair¡¯s kick and he tilted his head backwards to dodge Alistair¡¯s punch. He then used his feet that he lifted to do a roundhouse kick to Alistair and then he threw Shiro upwards and clenches his fists, and punched Montair that was on the ground. Alistair was thrown off the sky. Montair became unconscious. And Sanata¡¯s face seemed to stiff. ¡°Well then, I should go.¡± Michael said as he casually catches Shiro. Sanata was still dumbfounded when she realized that Michael was about to get away. ¡°I-I won¡¯t let you!¡± She swayed her hands towards Michael and the hundred swords followed. Michael looked at those but he didn¡¯t seem to care. He sighed as the swords grew one inch closer to him. And then he lifted his right leg and kicked every single sword that was coming to kill him. Sanata stood there, amazed. She realized that feeling and blushed but then she continued to create more swords to attack Michael. Michael looked like a certain character from an anime with a rubber boy as their captain. ¡°This is getting problematic.¡± Michael said as he jumps backwards instead of kicking the swords. Sanata saw him and she quickly ordered the swords to follow. Michael used that instant to call on Gabriel. ¡°Gab!¡± The original Gabriel casted a skill in which it covers the target in a white circle of light. It takes a lot of angelic power for it to work. Sanata looked at Michael that is slowly being taken away. Her mouth seemed to say something. But Michael didn¡¯t hear it. He and Shiro disappeared without a trace in a second. ¡°..iro-kun..¡± What? ¡°..hiro-kun!¡± Who¡¯s there? ¡°Shiro-kun!¡± Shiro opened his eyes slowly. ¡°Is¡­ is that you, Kuro?¡± But as he opened his eyes, he saw a man with a short blonde hair. ¡°You¡¯re wrong. It¡¯s Michael; the leader of the angels.¡± Michael smiled and what seemed like sparkles appeared around him. Shiro looked at him with disgusted eyes. ¡°You¡¯re just a pervert.¡± ¡°Now, now. Don¡¯t be like that. I saved your life.¡± Shiro stood up and realized that he slept on Michael¡¯s lap. He quickly backs away from him and hissed like a kitten. It was then when he remembered. He looked at Michael with worried eyes. ¡°Wh¡­ where am I? How about the others? Cairn, are they alright!? Kuro? Raphael-san? How about father? Is he alive?!¡± Shiro asked Michael hurriedly but patiently waited for his reply. ¡°They¡¯re on a pinch right now. Specially my brother, Raphael. He¡¯s skewered right into his body. He needs immediate treatment. That demon you¡¯re with, the one who casts spells, he can heal wounds right? We can use him.¡± Michael said with serious eyes. He stood up as he continues to talk. ¡°But first, we need to get them away from Sanata as fast as possible. But how do we do that? Those swords are troublesome. But what troubles me the most is¡ª¡° But he was stopped by Shiro. Shiro raised his right hand to get Michael¡¯s attention. Michael looked at Shiro that was bowing his head. As if he was apologizing. ¡°I¡¯m sorry. But I cannot participate in that anymore.¡± Shiro puts down his hand and sits on the ground. ¡°I never should¡¯ve come down. If I didn¡¯t, this wouldn¡¯t have happened.¡± Michael knew what Shiro was going to say. Michael sat beside him and looked up at the sky. ¡°Raphael-sensei shouldn¡¯t have gotten himself hurt because of me. Kuro wouldn¡¯t have to worry. Cairn wouldn¡¯t be nervous. And Father should have¡­ he should have¡­¡± Shiro stopped right there. But he continues on even if it feels painful to him. ¡°I never should¡¯ve thought that a weakling like me can defeat the demon lord. I¡¯m so¡­ stupid.¡± Shiro covered his face with his legs and cried. ¡°If only I wasn¡¯t the nephilim¡­ this wouldn¡¯t have happened. Kuro, she would¡¯ve never met me and got herself in this mess. Raphael, he wouldn¡¯t have to sacrifice himself just for me. Cairn, he wouldn¡¯t have gotten himself caught in all of this. Dad wouldn¡¯t have to do all those things¡­ just for someone as weak as me.¡± Michael couldn¡¯t bear to hear those words any longer. And so, he stands up. He stood in front of Shiro and Shiro looked at him with teary eyes. ¡°You know, even if you weren¡¯t the nephilim, this would¡¯ve still happen. ¡° Shiro didn¡¯t understand what he meant. But Michael continued. ¡°If you weren¡¯t the nephilim, maybe everyone is gone right now.¡± Shiro looked towards the ground. ¡°What you did to everyone, what you gave them, they are not acts of a nephilim. Those are acts of a human; a person named Shiro.¡± Michael smiles as he looks back at Shiro. ¡°So, we should be thanking you for being the nephilim.¡± Shiro were slightly shaking when he heard what Michael said. He couldn¡¯t believe anything the angel said to him. ¡°Can you prove it?¡± Shiro challenged him. Michael replied with a smile on his face. ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°Then¡­ do so.¡± Michael started to walk around Shiro. ¡°Kuro¡­ if it weren¡¯t for you, she wouldn¡¯t have known anything about the world. About how humans act, how humans feel, how humans love.¡± Michael looked at Shiro. ¡°If it weren¡¯t for you, she would¡¯ve been contented on just being a demon.¡± Shiro became speechless. ¡°Raphael.¡± Shiro jolted in hearing that name. ¡°He would still be the arrogant angel that does everything by himself.¡± Shiro looked at him and remember how Raphael usually acts. Raphael left heaven alone and contacted demons in order for his own goal to be obtained. He realized that Raphael really did change. Instead of watching Shiro die, he sacrificed himself to save him. ¡°Raphael wouldn¡¯t have done that. But he thought, ¡®what would Shiro do?¡¯ and so, he did what you should¡¯ve done.¡± Michael then stopped behind him and talks. ¡°Cairn. He would still be the lonely demon without a goal. Without comrades to help him. Without someone whom he calls a ¡®friend¡¯, he would¡¯ve still be lying in hell, waiting for someone to come to his help. ¡± Michael patted Shiro on his back. ¡°Lucifer¡ª your father would still be alive, you say?¡± Shiro turned around when he heard that sudden question. And Michael smiled at him. ¡°He is alive¡­ in your heart.¡± Michael touched Shiro¡¯s back. And then, a silver orb came out from his chest and floated. ¡°This orb¡­¡± ¡°Yes. Your father gave this to you.¡± ¡°This is¡­ father¡¯s memento¡­ for me.¡± Shiro¡¯s eyes teared up once again. Michael laughed at him. He stood in front of Shiro and said, ¡°Would you become my vessel?¡± Shiro didn¡¯t know what Michael meant. So, he tilted his head in confusion. ¡°You remember why I was created, don¡¯t you?¡± Michael asked. Shiro thought for a second before answering. ¡°If I remember, you were created because if someday, God needed someone to destroy this world that he created, that¡¯ll be you.¡± ¡°Yes. But why do you think God didn¡¯t consider Sanata as a destroyer?¡± Shiro became confused for a second. But after that, he realized it. ¡°Because Sanata isn¡¯t a destroyer¡­¡± ¡°Yes. God knows why Sanata did all those things. But he didn¡¯t consider it as destroying. He considered it as creating. Sanata created all those feelings of hatred throughout the world. And first of all, why would God cleanse the world even if evil doesn¡¯t exist?¡± Shiro understands now; the reason for Sanata to act. Sanata doesn¡¯t want to be evil. God knows that. But the truth is, Sanata isn¡¯t evil. It is just acts of someone who thought that she was, that everyone thought she was. She wasn¡¯t evil at all. The world just made her the one who incarnates ¡®evil¡¯. Michael continues. ¡°He needs to evil in order to make the world perfectly balanced. That¡¯s what Sanata is for. She isn¡¯t a destroyer; she¡¯s a creator. She created many things that you won¡¯t even notice.¡± Michael elaborated. ¡°Anger. Why do you think anger is made? Just to let people hurt each other? No! It is there to make people fight, and in conclusion, make up. Other negative emotions, emotions that you call ¡®evil¡¯, all that was felt by Sanata first.¡± Shiro understood. And Michael finishes. ¡°But¡­ because she felt all those feelings first, she herself doesn¡¯t know what to do with it. She doesn¡¯t have anyone she can ask help for it. She felt all those feelings alone. And if one day, all those feelings that are bottled up gets released, I would be needed. To save her¡­ to save the world.¡± Shiro knew that. But what he wants to know is the reason he was born. The reason for his existence. ¡°Then, if God already has you to destroy this world, why was I born? For what purpose am I alive? Is it just all because of a foolish angel¡¯s desires? Or is it just a coincidence? I don¡¯t know anymore. Please tell me; please tell me why am I here right now.¡± Shiro begged Michael. But Michael seemed to stay silent. Shiro noticed this and he gave up. But, after a few seconds, he heard Michael talk. ¡°You nephilims were born because of one thing.¡± Michael breathes in and out as he continues. ¡°Insurance.¡± Shiro became silent. He knows what that word meant but¡­ It just seems foolish to him. ¡°The reason I was born was because God doesn¡¯t believe in you?¡± ¡°No. The reason you were born was for me to take over your body and control your power. It doesn¡¯t mean that He doesn¡¯t believe in me. Don¡¯t you realize it? The only time when a nephilim is born was when the whole world turns against each other. And even if I¡¯m the strongest angel, even He won¡¯t know if I¡¯m enough. That¡¯s why, he unconsciously worries and as a result, creating a being that is what you are right now. ¡± Shiro becomes speechless. He realized that Michael was right, that he is just a vessel to be used when the world needs to cleanse itself. Everything up until now is their fate. No. I won¡¯t let it be that. I won¡¯t be a tool for the world to fake cleanse itself. I won¡¯t be an insurance someone wants me to be. I¡¯ll be myself. I¡¯ll decide for myself who I want to be. I¡¯m not an insurance. I¡¯m not a tool. I¡¯m a person. Who will someday, make God know that he doesn¡¯t need an insurance. Because the world will never be cleansed of pain and evil. ¡°Because¡­ that¡¯s just what being human is, right?¡± Shiro said with smile in his face. He stood up, with determination in his eyes. ¡°I¡­¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± ¡°I will¡­ become your vessel.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± ¡°And save the world from cleansing itself.¡± Michael offered a handshake with Shiro. Shiro became confused but he smiled. ¡°Nice to meet you, world destroyer.¡± ¡°Me too, world cleanser.¡± When Shiro took Michael¡¯s hand, he floated upwards. Shiro looked at Michael who is now holding the silver orb. Michael took a step back and formed a stance like he was about to throw a baseball. ¡°Wa-Wait! Don¡¯t tell me you¡¯re going to¡ª¡° Shiro said as he wiggles his hands. But Michael didn¡¯t seem to care about it at all. ¡°Yes! This way is more fun!¡± ¡°Ah shi¡ª¡° Michael threw the orb towards Shiro¡¯s chest and when it entered his body, Shiro felt a small explosion. It felt like his body became more powered up, it became ¡®refreshed¡¯. Michael then puts up his palm and touched it against Shiro¡¯s chest. ¡°Listen, for the moment you become my vessel, you won¡¯t be able to control your body. I will be you, and you will be me. You cannot act but you can talk to me, as both our spirit is one in your body.¡± ¡°Y-Yeah.¡± Michael tilted his head while looking at Shiro¡¯s chest. Shiro noticed it so he asked. ¡°Is there a problem, Michael?¡± Michael shook his head and smiled. ¡°It¡¯s nothing. Let¡¯s save the world together. Shiro Akashi. No¡­ your name should be¡ª¡° Michael stopped for a second and then continues. ¡°The true nephilim; Layviel.¡± The hell was still full of battles of the conscious demons and allied beings, and a part of it was full of Gabriels. They were fighting an enraged asmorith, Azazel. Azazel continues on releasing lightning on every Gabriel around him. He screamed on as he continues. ¡°Lucifer¡­ LUCIFER!!!!!!!!¡± ¡°He¡¯s getting annoying.¡± Gabriel casted a skill on himself and every Gab follows. They casted a barrier on themselves and enhanced their body strength. Gabriel and his other selves attacked Azazel at the same time. Azazel stood there and was about to get beaten by a legion of Gabs when he screamed that seemed to deafen everyone¡¯s ears. He then charged lightning from his body and extends his range in order for him to strike all the Gabriels simultaneously. Fast as lightning, for it is literally lightning, Azazel used his charged thunderbolt to destroy every Gabriel around him. Lightning passed through the ground, through the air, towards every Gabriel. And each time one is hit, it electrocutes them, and explodes after. Leaving nothing but ashes. When Azazel noticed that there is no Gabriel left, he went on towards his next target. Sanata. ¡°I won¡¯t let you!¡± A Gabriel jumped outside the smokescreen planning to punch Azazel. But Azazel was a second faster. He swayed his hands and lightning flowed from his hands. The lightning struck Gabriel. But at the same time, another Gabriel jumped out of the smoke screen and landed behind Azazel. Another one jumped towards Azazel¡¯s front. Azazel was too late to react. The two Gabriels scored a clean hit on Azazel¡¯s face and back and Azazel was bended like a bamboo stick. The Gabriel that was struck by lightning walked out of the smoke screen and talked. ¡°Even if you kill a thousand of me, I would still be walking. As long as there is light, Archangel Gabriel will walk on this world!¡± Another Gabriel jumped out of nowhere and in a series of seconds, one appeared after another. It was until Azazel was completely surrounded by Gabriels. Azazel slowly stood up from the ground. Gabriel was about to launch a full-scale attack when Michael called unto him. ¡°Gab!¡± And he realized what he has to do next. The Gabriels disappeared one by one and the original was left behind, holding his hands together in front of him and casted magic. Light from above shone upon where Michael is. It made Michael appear once again. No, Michael is nowhere to be seen. It¡¯s just Shiro. Gabriel smiled as he saw him while panting. ¡°So it¡¯s successful, huh. It doesn¡¯t feel real.¡± Gabriel sighed for he knew what was going to happen next. Azazel jumped behind him and punched him with fist covered lightning. Gabriel vomited blood and was thrown to the other side of the battlefield. Azazel was bored with him. So, he looked for his next target. Azazel looked at where Sanata is. But as he did, his eyes widened. He saw that being. He saw that same being as his son was. He saw Shiro, standing in front of Sanata. Shiro isn¡¯t wearing any upper clothes. It showed his well-built body even though yesterday he¡¯s a wimpy kid. The power of that orb shaped Shiro¡¯s body into proper one. A silver transparent cloth swirled around his upper body. And his black hair has now turned into a long, white hair that sways along with the wind. Sanata became speechless when she saw that. It wasn¡¯t because he¡¯s not wearing any shirt. It is because of the aura that he is emitting. It felt like both an angel and a nephilim merged their auras in one. And those auras gave strong vibes to boot. It made Sanata gulp as she looks at him. ¡°You are¡­ who are you?!¡± That being looked at her and smiled. He released his large white wings and created white orbs in his hands. ¡°Now, this is where the real fun starts. Am I right, Layviel?!¡± ¡°Yeah! Give her hell, Michael!¡± Sanata clicked her tongue. She pointed her hand to that being and in an instant, Alistair and Montair both arrived at that being¡¯s both sides. Azazel appeared behind him and was about to shock him. That being smiles as he talks. ¡°Arcana¡ªLay-Chael!¡± And the battlefield was turned into a garden of souls. - End of Chapter 18 -